debconf 1.5.54: Please update the PO translation for the package debconf
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debconf. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against debconf.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 06:54:57 +0100.
Thanks in advance,
# Galician translation of debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2001 Jacobo Tarrío Barreiro.
# Jacobo Tarrío jtar...@debian.org, 2001, 2005, 2006.
# Miguel Anxo Bouzada mbouz...@gmail.com, 2011.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-22 20:04-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-12 11:20+0100\n
Last-Translator: Miguel Anxo Bouzada mbouz...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Poedit-Language: Galician\n
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:76
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid falling back to frontend: %s
msgstr emprégase a interface: %s
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:84
#, perl-format
msgid unable to initialize frontend: %s
msgstr non é posíbel iniciar a interface: %s
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to start a frontend: %s
msgstr Non é posíbel iniciar unha interface: %s
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:130
msgid Config database not specified in config file.
msgstr
Non se especificou unha base de datos de configuracións no ficheiro de
configuración.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:134
msgid Template database not specified in config file.
msgstr
Non se especificou unha base de datos de modelos no ficheiro de
configuración.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:139
msgid
The Sigils and Smileys options in the config file are no longer used. Please
remove them.
msgstr
Xa non se empregan as opcións Sigils e Smileys do ficheiro de configuración.
Retíreas.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:153
#, perl-format
msgid Problem setting up the database defined by stanza %s of %s.
msgstr
Houbo un problema ao configurar a base de datos definida pola estrofa %s de
%s.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:228
msgid
-f, --frontend\t\tSpecify debconf frontend to use.\n
-p, --priority\t\tSpecify minimum priority question to show.\n
--terse\t\t\tEnable terse mode.\n
msgstr
-f, --frontend\t\tEspecifica a interface de debconf que empregar.\n
-p, --priority\t\tEspecifica a pregunta mínima que mostrar.\n
--terse\t\t\tActiva o modo conciso.\n
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:308
#, perl-format
msgid Ignoring invalid priority \%s\
msgstr Ignórase a prioridade incorrecta «%s»
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:309
#, perl-format
msgid Valid priorities are: %s
msgstr As prioridades correctas son: %s
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:31
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Select.pm:31
msgid Choices
msgstr Opcións
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:36
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:59
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:28
msgid yes
msgstr si
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:39
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:62
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:29
msgid no
msgstr non
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:32
msgid
(Enter zero or more items separated by a comma followed by a space (', ').)
msgstr
(Introduza cero ou máis elementos separados por unha coma seguida dun espazo
[«, »]).
#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:182
msgid _Help
msgstr _Axuda
#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:184
msgid Help
msgstr Axuda
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:40
#, fuzzy
msgid
Debconf is not confident this error message was displayed, so it mailed it
to you.
msgstr
Non se configurou debconf para amosar este erro, así que lla enviou a Vd.
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:67
msgid Debconf
msgstr Debconf
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Debconf, running at %s
msgstr Debconf, executándose en %s
#: ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:95 ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:110
#, perl-format
msgid
Input value, \%s\ not found in C choices! This should never happen.
Perhaps the templates were incorrectly localized.
msgstr
Non se atopou o valor de entrada, «%s», nas opcións de C! Isto non debería
ocorrer nunca. Se cadra localizáronse os modelos incorrectamente.
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:27
msgid none of the above
msgstr ningunha das anteriores
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:47
msgid Enter the items you want to select, separated by spaces.
msgstr Introduza os elementos que quere seleccionar, separados por espazos.
#: ../Debconf/FrontEnd.pm:140
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to load Debconf::Element::%s. Failed because: %s
msgstr Non é posíbel cargar Debconf::Element::%s. Erro debido a: %s
#:
arb 6.0.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package arb
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
arb. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, October 25, 2014.
Thanks,
# Copyright (C) 2009 Marce Villarino
# This file is distributed under the same license as the arb package.
#
# Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: arb\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: a...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-11 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 11:25+0200\n
Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid ARB PT-server administrators:
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid
The default configuration of PT-server slots in /etc/arb/arb_tcp.dat gives
ARB three global slots accessible by all users (connecting to localhost:
${PORT}), as well as three slots to give private per-user access (connecting
to ~/.arb_pts/${USER}${NUMBER}.socket).
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid
Only members of the \arb\ system group will be able to build and update
the shared PT-servers. Please enter the login names for these privileged
users.
msgstr
#~ msgid Arb users:
#~ msgstr Usuarios de Arb:
#~ msgid
#~ Please choose, among the list of all unprivileged users of the system,
#~ those who will be allowed running ${pkg}.
#~ msgstr
#~ Escolla na lista de todos os usuarios sen privilexios do sistema, aqueles
#~ a quen se lles permitirá executar ${pkg}.
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
localepurge 0.7.4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localepurge
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for localepurge. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 22, 2013. Thanks, # Galician translation of localepurge's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the localepurge package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: localepurge\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: localepu...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-08 07:01+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-28 10:22+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid Locale files to keep on this system: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid The localepurge package will remove all locale files from the system except those that you select here. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid When selecting the locale corresponding to your language and country code (such as \de_DE\, \de_CH\, \it_IT\, etc.) it is recommended to choose the two-character entry (\de\, \it\, etc.) as well. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid Entries from /etc/locale.gen will be preselected if no prior configuration has been successfully completed. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid Use dpkg --path-exclude? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid dpkg supports --path-exclude and --path-include options to filter files from packages being installed. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid Please see /usr/share/doc/localepurge/README.dpkg-path for more information about this feature. It can be enabled (or disabled) later by running \dpkg- reconfigure localepurge\. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid This option will become active for packages unpacked after localepurge has been (re)configured. Packages installed or upgraded together with localepurge may (or may not) be subject to the previous configuration of localepurge. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:4001 msgid Really remove all locales? msgstr ¿Quere eliminar tódolos locales? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You chose not to keep any locales. This means that all locales will be #| removed from your system. Are you sure this really is what you want? msgid No locale has been chosen for being kept. This means that all locales will be removed from this system. Please confirm whether this is really your intent. msgstr Decidiu non conservar ningún \locale\. Isto significa que se han eliminar tódolos locales do sistema. ¿Está seguro de que isto é o que quere facer? #. Type: note #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:5001 msgid No localepurge action until the package is configured msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| localepurge will not be useful until you successfully configure it with #| the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries #| from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be automagically #| preselected. msgid The localepurge package will not be useful until it has been successfully configured using the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be automatically preselected. msgstr localepurge non ha ser útil ata que o configure correctamente coa orde \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. Hanse preseleccionar automaxicamente as entradas configuradas no ficheiro /etc/locale.gen do paquete locales. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:6001 msgid Also delete localized man pages? msgstr ¿Quere eliminar tamén as páxinas man localizadas? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Based on the same locale information you chose above, localepurge can #| also delete superfluous localized man pages. msgid Based on the same locale information you chose, localepurge can also delete localized man pages. msgstr Seguindo a mesma información de locales que introduciu enriba, localepurge tamén pode eliminar as páxinas man localizadas superfluas. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:7001 msgid Inform about new locales? msgstr ¿Avisar da
snort 2.9.5.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package snort
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for snort. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, September 27, 2013. Thanks, # Galician translation of snort's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the snort package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: snort\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sn...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 08:03+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-06 20:22+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:2001 msgid boot msgstr inicio #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:2001 msgid dialup msgstr conexión #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:2001 msgid manual msgstr manual #. Type: select #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2002 msgid Snort start method: msgstr Modo de inicio de Snort: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or #| only manually with the /usr/sbin/snort command. msgid Please choose how Snort should be started: automatically on boot, automatically when connecting to the net with pppd, or manually with the / usr/sbin/snort command. msgstr Snort pode arrincarse no inicio do sistema, ao se conectar á rede mediante pppd ou só manualmente mediante a orde /usr/sbin/snort. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:3001 msgid Interface(s) which Snort should listen on: msgstr Interfaces nas que Snort debe escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This value is usually 'eth0', but this may be inappropriate in some #| network environments; for a dialup connection 'ppp0' might be more #| appropriate (see the output of '/sbin/ifconfig'). msgid This value is usually \eth0\, but this may be inappropriate in some network environments; for a dialup connection \ppp0\ might be more appropriate (see the output of \/sbin/ifconfig\). msgstr Este valor adoita ser \eth0\, pero pode non ser axeitado nalgunhas redes; para unha conexión por módem, \ppp0\ pode ser a opción axeitada (consulte a saída da orde \/sbin/ifconfig\). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Typically, this is the same interface as the 'default route' is on. You #| can determine which interface is used for this by running '/sbin/route - #| n' (look for '0.0.0.0'). msgid Typically, this is the same interface as the \default route\ is on. You can determine which interface is used for this by running \/sbin/route -n \ (look for \0.0.0.0\). msgstr Normalmente esta é a mesma interface na que está a \ruta por defecto\. Pode determinar a interface que se emprega executando a orde \/sbin/route -n \ (busque \0.0.0.0\). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| It is also not uncommon to use an interface with no IP address configured #| in promiscuous mode. For such cases, select the interface in this system #| that is physically connected to the network that should be inspected, #| enable promiscuous mode later on and make sure that the network traffic #| is sent to this interface (either connected to a 'port mirroring/ #| spanning' port in a switch, to a hub or to a tap). msgid It is also not uncommon to use an interface with no IP address configured in promiscuous mode. For such cases, select the interface in this system that is physically connected to the network that should be inspected, enable promiscuous mode later on and make sure that the network traffic is sent to this interface (either connected to a \port mirroring/spanning\ port in a switch, to a hub, or to a tap). msgstr Tampouco é pouco habitual empregar unha interface sen IP e configurada en modo promiscuo. Nestes casos, escolla a interface deste sistema que estea conectada fisicamente á rede que se debe inspeccionar, active despois o modo propiscuo e asegúrese de que o tráfico da rede se envíe a esta interface (conectada a un porto \espello/árbore\ dun switch, a un concentrador de rede ou a unha toma). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:3001 msgid You can configure multiple interfaces, just by adding more than one interface name separated by spaces. Each interface can have its own specific configuration. msgstr Pode configurar varias interfaces engadindo varios nomes de interfaces separados mediante espazos. Cada interface pode ter a súa propia
glance 2013.1.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glance
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for glance. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against glance. There is no strict deadline for this to happen. Thanks in advance, # Galician translations for glance package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE glance'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the glance package. # # Jorge Barreiro Gonzalez yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: glance\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gla...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-22 17:07+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-23 12:02+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Pipeline flavor: msgstr Tipo de canalización: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Please specify the flavor of pipeline to be used by Glance. msgstr Indique o tipo de canalización que usará Glance. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid If you use the OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone), you might want to select \keystone\. If you don't use this service, you can safely choose \caching\ only. msgstr Se usa o servizo de identidade OpenStack (Keystone), pode escoller «keystone». Se non usa este servizo pode escoller con seguridade só «caching». #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server hostname: msgstr Token do administrador do servidor de autenticación: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically #| this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgid Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgstr Indique o URL do seu servidor de autenticación de Glance. Normalmente isto será tamén a URL do seu servizo de identidade OpenStack (Keystone). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server tenant name: msgstr Token do administrador do servidor de autenticación: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server username: msgstr Token do administrador do servidor de autenticación: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server password: msgstr Token do administrador do servidor de autenticación: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Set up a database for glance-registry? msgid Set up a database for glance? msgstr Quere configurar unha base de datos para «glance-registry»? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| No database has been set up for glance-registry to use. Before #| continuing, you should make sure you have: msgid No database has been set up for glance-registry or glance-api to use. Before continuing, you should make sure you have: msgstr Non se configurou ningunha base de datos para que «glance-registry» a use. Antes de continuar, debería asegurarse de que ten: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections\n #|from this machine);\n #| - a username and password to access the database.\n #| - A database type that you want to use. msgid - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections from this\n machine);\n - a username and password to access the database.\n - A database type that you want to use. msgstr - o nome do servidor (o servidor debe permitir conexións TCP\n desde esta máquina);\n - un nome de usuario e contrasinal para acceder á base de datos.\n - O tipo de base de datos que quere usar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 msgid If some of these requirements are missing, reject this option and run with regular sqlite support. msgstr Se non cumpre algún destes requisitos, rexeite esta opción e use a infraestrutura «sqlite» normal. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow #| glance-registry msgid You can change this setting later on by
keystone 2013.1.2-6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package keystone
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for keystone. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against keystone. There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation Thanks in advance, # Galician translations for nova package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE nova'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package. # # Jorge Barreiro Gonzalez yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nova\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: keyst...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-10 23:09+0800\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-25 01:13+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid Set up a database for Keystone? msgstr Quere configurar unha base de datos para Keystone? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| No database has been set up for Keystone to use. If you want to set one #| up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgid No database has been set up for Keystone to use. Before continuing, you should make sure you have the following information: msgstr Non se configurou ningunha base de datos para que use Keystone. Se quere configurar unha agora asegúrese de dispor de toda a información requirida: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n #|connections from this machine);\n #| * a username and password to access the database;\n #| * the type of database management software you want to use. msgid * the type of database that you want to use;\n * the database server host name (that server must allow TCP connections from this\n machine);\n * a username and password to access the database. msgstr * o nome da máquina que aloxa o servidor da base de datos (que \n debe permitir conexións TCP desde esta máquina);\n * un nome de usuario e contrasinal para acceder á base de datos\n * o tipo de xestor de base de datos que quere usar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid If some of these requirements are missing, do not choose this option and run with regular SQLite support. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow keystone\. msgstr Pode cambiar esta opción máis tarde executando «dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova- common». #. Type: password #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Authentication server administration token: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is #. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples. #. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one #. username/password is very helpful in larger organization. #. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it #. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French: #. locataire (tenant) #: ../keystone.templates:4001 msgid Register administration tenants? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is #. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples. #. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one #. username/password is very helpful in larger organization. #. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it #. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French: #. locataire (tenant) #: ../keystone.templates:4001 msgid For OpenStack to work, you need a basic tenant configuration. The creation of these administration tenants can be done automatically. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:5001 msgid Username of the administrative user: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:5001 msgid Please enter a username for the administrative user. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:6001 msgid Email address of the administrative user: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:6001 msgid Please enter the email address of the administrative user. msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:7001 msgid Password of the administrative user: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #:
nova 2013.1.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nova
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for nova. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against nova. There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation. Thanks in advance, # Galician translations for nova package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE nova'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package. # # Jorge Barreiro Gonzalez yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nova\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 16:12+0800\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-25 01:13+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Start Nova services at boot? msgid Start nova services at boot? msgstr Quere iniciar os servizos Nova ao arrancar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to start Nova services when the machine is booted up. msgstr Indique se quere iniciar os servizos Nova ao arrancar a máquina. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid Auth server hostname: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid Please specify the URL of your Nova authentication server. Typically this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:4001 msgid Auth server tenant name: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:5001 msgid Auth server username: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:6001 msgid Auth server password: msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid Set up a database for Nova? msgstr Quere configurar unha base de datos para Nova? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid No database has been set up for Nova to use. If you want to set one up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgstr Non se configurou ningunha base de datos para que use Nova. Se quere configurar unha agora asegúrese de dispor de toda a información requirida: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n connections from this machine);\n * a username and password to access the database;\n * the type of database management software you want to use. msgstr * o nome da máquina que aloxa o servidor da base de datos (que \n debe permitir conexións TCP desde esta máquina);\n * un nome de usuario e contrasinal para acceder á base de datos\n * o tipo de xestor de base de datos que quere usar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Nova will use regular SQLite support. msgstr Se non escolle esta opción, non se configurará ningunha base de datos e Nova usará a infraestrutura SQLite normal. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova-common\. msgstr Pode cambiar esta opción máis tarde executando «dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova- common». #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid API to activate: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid Openstack Nova supports different API services, each of them binding on a different port. Select which one nova-api should support. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid If it is a compute node that you are setting-up, then you only need to run the metadata API server. If you run Cinder, then you don't need osapi_volume (you cannot run osapi_volume and cinder-api on the same server: they bind on the same port). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:9001 msgid Value for my_ip: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:9001 msgid Enter the IP address that will be set in the my_ip directive of nova.conf. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:10001 msgid Ip address of your rabbitmq host: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:10001 msgid Enter the IP address that will be set in the rabbitmq_host directive of nova. conf. If you are installing openstack-proxy-node, then the default to use
ircd-hybrid 1:8.0.9.dfsg.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ircd-hybrid
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ircd-hybrid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, July 09, 2013. Thanks, # Galician translation of ircd-hybrid's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the ircd-hybrid package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ircd-hybrid\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ircd-hyb...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-25 07:12+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-06 20:54+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 msgid Restart ircd-hybrid on each upgrade? msgstr ¿Reiniciar ircd-hybrid ao actualizalo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You may choose whether or not you want to restart the ircd-hybrid daemon #| every time you install a new version of this package. msgid Please choose whether the ircd-hybrid daemon should be restarted every time a new version of this package is installed. msgstr Pode decidir se quere reiniciar o servizo ircd-hybrid cada vez que instale unha nova versión deste paquete. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 msgid Automatic restarts may be problematic if, for instance, the server is running with manually loaded modules, which will need to be reloaded after the restart. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you refuse, you have to restart ircd-hybrid yourself if you upgraded, #| by typing `invoke-rc.d ircd-hybrid restart' whenever it suits you. msgid If you reject this option, you will have to restart ircd-hybrid via \service ircd-hybrid restart\ when needed. msgstr Se rexeita a posibilidade, ha ter que reiniciar ircd-hybrid vostede mesmo se se actualiza, escribindo \invoke-rc.d ircd-hybrid restart\ cando mellor vaia. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid Upgrade ircd-hybrid to version without cryptlink support? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid The 8.x version of ircd-hybrid includes a change to the way secure server links are implemented, which is not backwards-compatible with ircd-hybrid 7. x, from which you are upgrading. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid If you have any secure server links (cryptlinks) configured with this server, you should plan to either upgrade all servers in lock-step, or temporarily configure non-cryptlink server links, to ensure the continuity of your IRC links. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid Upgrade ircd-hybrid to version without compatible services? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid The 8.x version of ircd-hybrid includes a change to the way services are supported, losing compatibility with hybserv. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid The recommended services daemon for Hybrid 8 is Anope, for which no package is available yet, although one is planned. msgstr #~ msgid All OpenSSL support is now disabled by default; continue? #~ msgstr #~ O soporte de OpenSSL está desactivado por defecto; ¿quere continuar? #~ msgid #~ Due to licensing issues ircd-hybrid is no longer built by default with #~ OpenSSL. This will be addressed in a future release, pending a rewrite of #~ the SSL layer with GNUTLS. #~ msgstr #~ Debido a problemas con licencias, ircd-hybrid xa non se compila por #~ defecto con OpenSSL. Isto hase revisar nunha versión futura, á espera de #~ que se reescriba a capa SSL con GNUTLS. #~ msgid #~ If any of your existing server links take advantage of cryptlinks, refer #~ to /usr/share/doc/ircd-hybrid/CRYPTLINKS.txt to find out how to build #~ ircd-hybrid with SSL support (easily.) #~ msgstr #~ Se algunha das ligazóns a servidores actuais emprega cryptlinks, #~ consulte /usr/share/doc/ircd-hybrid/CRYPTLINKS.txt para averiguar como #~ compilar ircd-hybrid con soporte de SSL (é doado). #~ msgid #~ Sometimes, you do not want to do this. For instance, if you are doing the #~ upgrade and loading IRCd modules at runtime. Failing to restart the #~ daemon would probably lead you to problems. #~ msgstr #~ Ás veces, non o quere facer. Por exemplo, se está a actualizar e carga #~ módulos de IRCd en tempo de execución. Non reiniciar o servizo podería #~ causar problemas.
nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.12-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nss-pam-ldapd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, June 24, 2013. Thanks, # Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Galician. # Copyright (C) 2009 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nss-pam-ldapd package. # # Translators: # # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nss-ldapd 0.6\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-10 07:23+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-18 10:02+0200\n Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid LDAP server URI: msgstr URI do servidor LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format is \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. Alternatively, \ldaps://\ or \ldapi://\ can be used. The port number is optional. msgstr Introduza o URI do servidor LDAP. O formato é «ldap://nome_ou_IP: porto/». Tamén se poden empregar «ldaps://» ou «ldapi://» . O número do porto é opcional. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable. msgstr Cando se emprega un esquema ldap ou ldaps recoméndase empregar un enderezo IP para evitar fallos se o servizo de nomes non está dispoñíbel. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces. msgid Multiple URIs can be separated by spaces. msgstr Poden especificarse varios URI separándoos con espazos. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid LDAP server search base: msgstr Base da procura de servidor LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished name of the search base. msgstr Indique o nome distintivo da base de procura LDAP. Moitos sitios empregan as compoñentes dos seus nomes de dominio para este propósito. Por exemplo, o dominio «exemplo.net» debería empregar «dc=exemplo,dc=net» como nome distintivo da base de procura. #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid none msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid simple msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid SASL msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid LDAP authentication to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require (if any): msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid * none: no authentication;\n * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid LDAP database user: msgstr Usuario da base de datos LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgid Please enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgstr Este valor debe especificarse como un DN (nome distintivo). #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 msgid LDAP user password: msgstr Contrasinal do usuario de LDAP: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Please enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgstr Indique o contrasinal que se ha empregar para acceder á base de datos do LDAP. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:7001 msgid SASL mechanism to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Please choose the SASL mechanism that will
Important update to ISO 3166 translations
Dear I18N people, The iso-codes package provides list of ISO codes for languages, countries, etc. It is used by many software inside and outside Debian. Noticeably, the list of countries is used by the languagechooser component of Debian Installer. But it's also used in some parts of GNOME or KDE, for instance. A few days ago, the ISO-3166 standard has been changed to modify the name of the PS entry, namely now The State of Palestine. You can guess this is an important change, particularly sensitive to people in that region and we need to comply with it as soon as possible. So, please update translations accordingly (see attached file). Some of you are working through the Translation Project. The file will be updated there soon (I hope so), so please ignore this mail. For others, you can send updates throught the Debian Bug Tracking System. Many thanks in advance. # translation of iso-codes_iso_3166_gl.po to Galician # Translation of ISO-3166 (country names) to Galician # # This file is distributed under the same license as the iso-codes package. # # Copyright (C) # Translations from KDE desktop.po: # - Jesús Bravo Álvarez j...@pobox.com # Alastair McKinstry - further translations from ICU-3.0 # # Free Software Foundation, Inc., 2002,2003. # Alastair McKinstry, mckins...@computer.org, 2002. # Jacobo Tarrío jtar...@debian.org, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: iso_3166\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Debian iso-codes team pkg-isocodes-devel@lists.alioth. debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-12 07:20+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-06 14:57+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. name for AFG msgid Afghanistan msgstr Afganistán #. official_name for AFG msgid Islamic Republic of Afghanistan msgstr República Islámica de Afganistán #. name for ALA msgid Åland Islands msgstr Illas Åland #. name for ALB msgid Albania msgstr Albania #. official_name for ALB msgid Republic of Albania msgstr República de Albania #. name for DZA msgid Algeria msgstr Alxeria #. official_name for DZA msgid People's Democratic Republic of Algeria msgstr República Democrática Popular de Alxeria #. name for ASM msgid American Samoa msgstr Samoa Americana #. name for AND msgid Andorra msgstr Andorra #. official_name for AND msgid Principality of Andorra msgstr Principado de Andorra #. name for AGO msgid Angola msgstr Angola #. official_name for AGO msgid Republic of Angola msgstr República de Angola #. name for AIA msgid Anguilla msgstr Anguila #. name for ATA msgid Antarctica msgstr Antártida #. name for ATG msgid Antigua and Barbuda msgstr Antiga e Barbuda #. name for ARG msgid Argentina msgstr Arxentina #. official_name for ARG msgid Argentine Republic msgstr República Arxentina #. name for ARM msgid Armenia msgstr Armenia #. official_name for ARM msgid Republic of Armenia msgstr República de Armenia #. name for ABW msgid Aruba msgstr Aruba #. name for AUS msgid Australia msgstr Australia #. name for AUT msgid Austria msgstr Austria #. official_name for AUT msgid Republic of Austria msgstr República de Austria #. name for AZE msgid Azerbaijan msgstr Acerbaixán #. official_name for AZE msgid Republic of Azerbaijan msgstr República de Acerbaixán #. name for BHS msgid Bahamas msgstr Bahamas #. official_name for BHS msgid Commonwealth of the Bahamas msgstr Comunidade das Bahamas #. name for BHR msgid Bahrain msgstr Bahrein #. official_name for BHR msgid Kingdom of Bahrain msgstr Reino de Bahrein #. name for BGD msgid Bangladesh msgstr Bangladesh #. official_name for BGD msgid People's Republic of Bangladesh msgstr República Popular de Bangladesh #. name for BRB msgid Barbados msgstr Barbados #. name for BLR msgid Belarus msgstr Bielorrusia #. official_name for BLR msgid Republic of Belarus msgstr República de Bielorrusia #. name for BEL msgid Belgium msgstr Bélxica #. official_name for BEL msgid Kingdom of Belgium msgstr Reino de Bélxica #. name for BLZ msgid Belize msgstr Belice #. name for BEN msgid Benin msgstr Benin #. official_name for BEN msgid Republic of Benin msgstr República de Benin #. name for BMU msgid Bermuda msgstr Illas Bermudas #. name for BTN msgid Bhutan msgstr Bután #. official_name for BTN msgid Kingdom of Bhutan msgstr Reino de Bután #. name for BOL msgid Bolivia, Plurinational State of msgstr Bolivia, Estado Plurinacional da #. official_name for BOL msgid Plurinational State of Bolivia msgstr Estado Plurinacional da Bolivia #. common_name for BOL msgid Bolivia msgstr Bolivia #. name for BES, official_name for BES msgid Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba msgstr Bonaire, San Eustaquio e Saba #. name for BIH msgid Bosnia and
debian-installer: new string introduced in cdebconf, please update sublevel 6
Hi, A new string has been lately introduced in cdebconf. This is a very simple translation as the string is '%c' (with quotes). It is meant for the speech synthesis engine. Please translate it as soon as possible. Be careful to use the quotes that are typographically valid for your language. There is no strict deadline but, as this is a 10 seconds work, please do it as soon as possible. As usual, please try to commit the file yourself or have it committed by someone from your languageteam. Sending me the file for commit induces a significant work as there are already many people who have no other alternative. So, please send the file to me ONLY if you have no other option. Thanks in advance, # translation of gl.po to Galician # Galician messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-18 06:02+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 21:35+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl6: #: ../cdebconf-text-udeb.templates:3001 #, no-c-format msgid '%c' msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
Incomplete Galician translation for Debian Installer
Hello, You receive this (non automated) mail because you once contributed, or still contribute, to the translation of Debian Installer in the above language. The translation status for this language can be seen here: http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/gl.txt I would very much welcome if you update these translation and complete them. The material is there: http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/files/gl/ Some people in your team probably have commit access and know what to update and where. If nobody does, then please send the update file(s) back to me so that I can commit them. Thanks you in advance for helping your language to reach 100%ness in D-I! -- - End forwarded message - -- ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: yet another update needed
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debian-installer.
The English template changed again (sorry for that...last minute
changes), and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
The new strings are related to EFI boot support in D-I, a quite
important item.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please coordinate with the person in your team who has commit access.
If, really, you can't do anything else, send the file to me
(preferrably compress it with gzip beforehand).
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Fri, 28 Sep 2012 06:58:24 +0200roughly..:-)
Thanks in advance,
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-20 18:18+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 21:39+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auto-configure network with DHCP?
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Desexa configurar automaticamente a rede con DHCP?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all
#| the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to
#| get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will
#| be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the
#| attempt to configure it by DHCP.
msgid
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr
A rede pódese configurar por DHCP ou introducindo a man toda a información.
Se prefire empregar DHCP e o instalador non pode obter unha configuración
válida dun servidor DHCP da súa rede, daráselle a oportunidade de configurar
a rede manualmente despois de probar a configurala por DHCP.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr Fallou a tentativa de achar unha rede sen fíos dispoñíbel.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| ${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the
#| ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you
#| would like to use any available network, leave this field blank.
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} é unha interface de rede sen fíos. Escriba o nome (o ESSID) da rede
sen fíos que quere que empregue ${iface}. Se quere empregar calquera rede
dispoñíbel, deixe este campo en branco.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32
#| characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
O ESSID «${essid}» non é válido. Os ESSID só poden ter até 32 caracteres,
pero poden ter todo tipo de caracteres.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (en segundos) para a detección de conexión:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Introduza o tempo máximo que quere esperar para detectar a conexión de rede.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr O tempo de espera para a detección de conexión non é válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
O valor que introduciu non é
Needed update for Debian Installer sublevel 6 (IPv6 support in network configuration)
Hi,
IPv6 support is being lately added to Debian Installer.
As a consequence of this, some translatable strings have been modified
or added.
These changes will be included in Debian Installer beta3 for wheezy,
to be release in less than 2 weeks (Debian Installer is about to be
released, NOT wheezy!).
All such changes have been collected in sublevel 6, a special PO
file with recently modified translatable strings.
Please update your translation as soon as possible. Direct commit by
yourself is highly preferred. Please send the updated file to me ONLY
if you can't do the update yourself
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, 27 Sep 2012 0h00. Yes, that's a short deadline..:-)
Thanks in advance,
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-17 22:02+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 21:39+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auto-configure network with DHCP?
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Desexa configurar automaticamente a rede con DHCP?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all
#| the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to
#| get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will
#| be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the
#| attempt to configure it by DHCP.
msgid
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr
A rede pódese configurar por DHCP ou introducindo a man toda a información.
Se prefire empregar DHCP e o instalador non pode obter unha configuración
válida dun servidor DHCP da súa rede, daráselle a oportunidade de configurar
a rede manualmente despois de probar a configurala por DHCP.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr Fallou a tentativa de achar unha rede sen fíos dispoñíbel.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| ${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the
#| ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you
#| would like to use any available network, leave this field blank.
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} é unha interface de rede sen fíos. Escriba o nome (o ESSID) da rede
sen fíos que quere que empregue ${iface}. Se quere empregar calquera rede
dispoñíbel, deixe este campo en branco.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32
#| characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
O ESSID «${essid}» non é válido. Os ESSID só poden ter até 32 caracteres,
pero poden ter todo tipo de caracteres.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (en segundos) para a detección de conexión:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Introduza o tempo máximo que quere esperar para detectar a conexión de rede.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr O tempo de espera para a detección de conexión non é válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a
keystone 2012.1.1-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package keystone
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for keystone. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, August 25, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translations for nova package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE nova'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package. # # Jorge Barreiro Gonzalez yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nova\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: keyst...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-08-11 08:37+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-25 01:13+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid Set up a database for Keystone? msgstr Quere configurar unha base de datos para Keystone? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid No database has been set up for Keystone to use. If you want to set one up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgstr Non se configurou ningunha base de datos para que use Keystone. Se quere configurar unha agora asegúrese de dispor de toda a información requirida: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n connections from this machine);\n * a username and password to access the database;\n * the type of database management software you want to use. msgstr * o nome da máquina que aloxa o servidor da base de datos (que \n debe permitir conexións TCP desde esta máquina);\n * un nome de usuario e contrasinal para acceder á base de datos\n * o tipo de xestor de base de datos que quere usar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Keystone will use regular SQLite support. msgstr Se non escolle esta opción, non se configurará ningunha base de datos e Keystone usará a infraestrutura SQLite normal. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow keystone\. msgstr Pode cambiar esta opción máis tarde executando «dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova- common». #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Authentication server administration token: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server. msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please (once again) complete sublevel 6 for Debian Installer
Hi,
Sorina Sandu's GSOC work about link detection and wireless network
selection in D-I has been merged into the main repository for netcfg.
This involves some templates changes. These will not be included in
D-I beta1 which is about to be released. Still, it would be great if
people could update their translations.
Please preferrably commit the needed update in place
(packages/po/sublevel6 in D-I SVN repository).
If you can't (no commit access yet...or trouble in committing), please
send updates to me.
Thanks in advance,
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-07-13 14:27+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 21:39+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr Fallou a tentativa de achar unha rede sen fíos dispoñíbel.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| ${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the
#| ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you
#| would like to use any available network, leave this field blank.
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} é unha interface de rede sen fíos. Escriba o nome (o ESSID) da rede
sen fíos que quere que empregue ${iface}. Se quere empregar calquera rede
dispoñíbel, deixe este campo en branco.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32
#| characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
O ESSID «${essid}» non é válido. Os ESSID só poden ter até 32 caracteres,
pero poden ter todo tipo de caracteres.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo de espera (en segundos) para a detección de conexión:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Introduza o tempo máximo que quere esperar para detectar a conexión de rede.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr O tempo de espera para a detección de conexión non é válido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
O valor que introduciu non é válido. O tempo máximo de espera (en segundos)
para a detección de conexión de rede debe ser un enteiro positivo.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable essid_list
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50001
msgid ${essid_list} Enter ESSID manually
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Type of wireless network:
msgid Wireless network:
msgstr Tipo de rede sen fíos:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Choose the next step in the install process:
msgid Select the wireless network to use during the installation process.
msgstr Escolla o seguinte paso no proceso de instalación:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Estase a examinar o repositorio de actualizacións da versión...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr actualizacións de seguridade (de ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including
nova 2012.1.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nova
Hi, This mail is sent on behalf of nova package maintainers, with Thomas Goirand agreement. You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for nova. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against nova. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wed, 11 Jul 2012 11:30:29 -0600. Thanks in advance, # Galician translations for nova package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE nova'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package. # # Jorge Barreiro Gonzalez yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nova\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-25 10:00+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-25 01:13+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Start Nova services at boot? msgid Start nova services at boot? msgstr Quere iniciar os servizos Nova ao arrancar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to start Nova services when the machine is booted up. msgstr Indique se quere iniciar os servizos Nova ao arrancar a máquina. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid Set up a database for Nova? msgstr Quere configurar unha base de datos para Nova? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid No database has been set up for Nova to use. If you want to set one up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgstr Non se configurou ningunha base de datos para que use Nova. Se quere configurar unha agora asegúrese de dispor de toda a información requirida: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n connections from this machine);\n * a username and password to access the database;\n * the type of database management software you want to use. msgstr * o nome da máquina que aloxa o servidor da base de datos (que \n debe permitir conexións TCP desde esta máquina);\n * un nome de usuario e contrasinal para acceder á base de datos\n * o tipo de xestor de base de datos que quere usar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Nova will use regular SQLite support. msgstr Se non escolle esta opción, non se configurará ningunha base de datos e Nova usará a infraestrutura SQLite normal. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova-common\. msgstr Pode cambiar esta opción máis tarde executando «dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova- common». #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:2001 msgid Address of the XenAPI dom0: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:2001 msgid Nova Compute Xen needs to know the address of the server running XenAPI. You can enter an IP address, or a fully qualified domain name if it resolves correctly. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:2001 msgid This may be a server running Citrix XenServer, the CentOS Xen Cloud Platform (XCP) appliance installed from an ISO image, or even the Kronos Project's XCP (available in Debian and Ubuntu as the package xcp-xapi). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:2001 ../nova-compute-xen.templates:3001 #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:4001 msgid This can later be edited in /etc/nova/nova-compute.conf. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:3001 msgid Username to connect to XenAPI: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the username used to connect to your XenAPI (XCP server). msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:4001 msgid Password to connect to XenAPI: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nova-compute-xen.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the password used to connect to your XenAPI (XCP server). msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
ipsec-tools 1:0.8.0-13: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ipsec-tools
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ipsec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, July 7, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of ipsec-tools's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the ipsec-tools package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ipsec-tools\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ipsec-to...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-30 16:16+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 00:54+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../racoon.templates:2001 msgid direct msgstr directo #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../racoon.templates:2001 msgid racoon-tool msgstr racoon-tool #. Type: select #. Description #: ../racoon.templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon. msgid Configuration mode for racoon IKE daemon: msgstr Modo de configuración para o servizo IKE racoon. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../racoon.templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Racoon can be configured two ways, either by directly editing /etc/racoon/ #| racoon.conf or using the racoon-tool administrative front end. racoon- #| tool is now deprecated and is only available for backward compatibility. #| New installations should always use the \direct\ method. msgid Racoon can be configured either directly, by editing /etc/racoon/racoon. conf, or using the racoon-tool administrative front end. msgstr Pódese configurar racoon de dous xeitos: editando /etc/racoon/racoon.conf directamente, ou empregando a interface administrativa racoon-tool. racoon- tool está obsoleto e só está dispoñible para compatibilidade con versións anteriores. As instalacións novas deberían empregar só o método \directo\. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../racoon.templates:2002 msgid Use of the \direct\ method is strongly recommended if you want to use all the racoon examples on the Net, and if you want to use the full racoon feature set. You will have to directly edit /etc/racoon/racoon.conf and possibly manually set up the Security Policy Database via setkey. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../racoon.templates:2002 msgid Racoon-tool has been updated for racoon 0.8.0, and is for use in basic configuration setups. It gives the benefit of managing the SPD along with the IKE that strongSwan offers. IPv6, transport/tunnel mode (ESP/AH), PSK/ X509 auth, and basic \anonymous\ VPN server are supported. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../racoon.templates:2002 msgid More information is available in /usr/share/doc/racoon/README.Debian. msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer (sublevel 6)
Hi,
Be happy. Or not.
Once again, some strings changed lately in Debian Installer. Don't
yell at me, this is not my fault: it seems that developers start
developing.when we're nearly in freeze.
As a consequence, a few more strings have been added to netcfg.
As a consequence, I therefore need you to update your translation.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
as soon as possible.
Please either commit the file if you have commit access.or send it
to me in case you don't (or can't, or whatever).
Again, sorry. And I'm not even sure this is really last time that I
send you such notice..:-(
Thanks in advance,
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-16 11:24+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr Introduza o nome que quere empregar para o novo grupo ZFS.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Estase a examinar o repositorio de actualizacións da versión...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr actualizacións de seguridade (de ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid release updates
msgstr actualizacións da versión
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizos a empregar:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ten dous servizos que fornecen actualizacións ás versións publicadas:
«security» (seguridade) e «release updates» (actualizacións da versión).
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
As actualizacións de seguridade axudan a manter o sistema seguro contra os
ataques. Recoméndase encarecidamente activar este servizo.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
As actualizacións da versión fornecen versións máis recentes para o software
que muda frecuentemente e para o que non ter a última versión pode reducir a
súa utilidade. Tamén fornece correccións a regresións. Este servizo só está
dispoñíbel para as versións estábel (stable) e anterior (oldstable).
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a empregar:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
Os paquetes que empregan debconf para a configuración comparten unha
aparencia común. Pode escoller o tipo de interface de usuario que empregan.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer
It is very likely that the Debian Installer beta 1 release happens
NEXT WEEK-END. So please send any updates to sublevel 6 before Saturday
23rd if you want to be sure they make it to beta1. Otherwise, I can't
promis anythign AT ALL.
And, of course, if you have updates for other sublevels, please do
them before this. Please, however, takecare to only touch strings
which you *really* want to update. No reformatting or rewrapping of PO
files or other similar contentless changes!
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-16 11:24+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr Introduza o nome que quere empregar para o novo grupo ZFS.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Estase a examinar o repositorio de actualizacións da versión...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr actualizacións de seguridade (de ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid release updates
msgstr actualizacións da versión
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizos a empregar:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ten dous servizos que fornecen actualizacións ás versións publicadas:
«security» (seguridade) e «release updates» (actualizacións da versión).
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
As actualizacións de seguridade axudan a manter o sistema seguro contra os
ataques. Recoméndase encarecidamente activar este servizo.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
As actualizacións da versión fornecen versións máis recentes para o software
que muda frecuentemente e para o que non ter a última versión pode reducir a
súa utilidade. Tamén fornece correccións a regresións. Este servizo só está
dispoñíbel para as versións estábel (stable) e anterior (oldstable).
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a empregar:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
Os paquetes que empregan debconf para a configuración comparten unha
aparencia común. Pode escoller o tipo de interface de usuario que empregan.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Ningunha
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr «Ningunha» non lle
collectd 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd
Hi, There have been some changes to collectd debconf templates. I'm sending this call for translations on behalf of the maintainer who.probably forgot to do so..:-) Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against collectd, NOT directly to me. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is unknown and depends on the maintainer's good will. SO, HURRY UP..:-) Thanks in advance, # Galician translation of collectd's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: collectd\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-19 17:59+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-24 11:24+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 msgid Layout of RRD files has changed msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD cambiou #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD creados por collectd cambiou significativamente desde a versión 3.x. Para conservar os seus datos antigos ten que migralos. Pódese facer empregando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/ migrate-3-4.px. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:3001 msgid This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually. msgstr Este paso precisa de que os paquetes perl e rrd estean instalados, o que actualmente non é o caso. Ten que realizar a migración manualmente. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details. msgstr Consulte /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian para máis detalles. #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid Automatically try to migrate your RRD files? msgstr ¿Migrar automaticamente os ficheiros RRD? #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/ collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, though. Do not expect it to work in all cases. msgstr Este paso pódese realizar automaticamente. Neste caso faise unha copia de / var/lib/collectd/ en /var/backups/. Este script aínda é experimental, porén. Non espere que funcione en tódolos casos. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Layout of RRD files has changed msgid Layout of RRD files has changed in version 5.0 msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD cambiou #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly #| since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. #| This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. msgid The layout of some RRD files created by collectd has changed since version 4. x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-4-5.px. msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD creados por collectd cambiou significativamente desde a versión 3.x. Para conservar os seus datos antigos ten que migralos. Pódese facer empregando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/ migrate-3-4.px. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian and the collectd wiki at http://collectd.org/wiki/index.php/V4_to_v5_migration_guide for details. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:5001 msgid Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:5001 msgid The /var/lib/collectd/ directory which contains the data files containing the collected statistics is about to be removed. For example, this directory includes (in the default configuration) all RRD files. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #:
debian-installer: URGENT update for apt-setup strings
Hi,
In preparation for the release, a last minute change was made to
strings belonging to the apt-setup repository.
This D-I component prompts users about activation of extra package
repositories. In the past, this was volatile and security. Now,
volatile disappeared and is replace by stable-updates.
So, the wording of a few tempaltes had to be changed. We did it as
conservatively as possible but that still needs translation updates.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please commit the file to D-I SVN. For those of you who can't, please
send it back to me.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
*Fri, 22 Jun 2012 06:46:18 +0200.*. This is SOON.
Thanks in advance and sorry for this last minute urgent change.
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010, 2012.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-15 21:06+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-14 00:34+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Estase a examinar o repositorio de actualizacións volátiles...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr actualizacións de seguridade (de ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Borrar datos:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizos a empregar:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
#| volatile.
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ten dous servizos que fornecen actualizacións: security (seguridade)
e volatile (volátil).
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
As actualizacións de seguridade axudan a manter o sistema seguro contra os
ataques. Recoméndase encarecidamente activar este servizo.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and
#| oldstable releases.
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
As actualizacións volátiles fornecen versións máis recentes para o software
que muda frecuentemente e para o que non ter a última versión pode reducir a
súa utilidade. Un exemplo son as sinaturas de virus dun antivirus. Este
servizo só está dispoñíbel para as versións estábel (stable) e anterior
(oldstable).
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a empregar:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
Os paquetes que empregan debconf para a configuración comparten unha
aparencia común. Pode escoller o tipo de interface de usuario que empregan.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Ningunha
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr «Ningunha» non lle preguntará nunca nada.
#. Type: string
#.
sysvinit 2.88dsf-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
sysvinit.
The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against sysvinit.
Please not that I am NOT the maintainer. I send this on his behalf, so
I have no idea about his schedule. In short: HURRY!
Thanks in advance,
# Copyright (C) 2009 This file is part of Debian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
#
# Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: \n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-09 08:51+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 21:09+0100\n
Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system
msgstr Non foi posíbel migrar para o sistema baseado en dependencias
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which
#| prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgid
Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to
dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgstr
As probas determinaron que hai problemas no sistema de arrinque que fan que
non se poda migrar para a secuencia baseada en dependencias:
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid
If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed
manually. These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a
package has been removed, but not purged. It is suggested that these are
removed by running:
msgstr
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ${SUGGESTION}
msgstr
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed,
#| run \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.
msgid
Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been
fixed. To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been
fixed, run \dpkg --configure sysv-rc\.
msgstr
Para tentar de novo o proceso de migración tras corrixir os problemas,
execute «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc».
#~ msgid Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?
#~ msgstr
#~ Desexa migrar a secuencia de arranque herdada para unha baseada en
#~ dependencias?
#~ msgid
#~ The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing.
#~ This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the
#~ boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a
#~ more resilient framework for development.
#~ msgstr
#~ O sistema de arrinque está preparado para migrar para un baseado en
#~ dependencias. Este é un paso irreversíbel, pero recoméndase dalo, xa que
#~ permite optimizar o proceso de arrinque mellorando a eficiencia e a
#~ velocidade, e fornece un framework máis elástico para os desenvolventes.
#~ msgid
#~ A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If
#~ you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \dpkg-
#~ reconfigure sysv-rc\.
#~ msgstr
#~ Hai unha argumentación completa en /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian.
#~ gz. Se escolle non migrar agora, poderá facelo máis tarde executando
#~ «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc».
#~ msgid
#~ If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed
#~ manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS
#~ and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems
#~ preventing migration.
#~ msgstr
#~ Se o problema que se detectou é unha modificación local deberá ser
#~ corrixido manualmente. De ser un erro no paquete debe informarse no BTS
#~ para corrixilo no paquete. Consulte http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot para obter máis información acerca de como corrixir
#~ os problemas que fan que non se poda migrar.
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
uptimed 1:0.3.17-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package uptimed
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
uptimed. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, June 10, 2012.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of uptimed's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the uptimed package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: uptimed\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: upti...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-01 19:08+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 09:10+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid pre
msgstr pre
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid list
msgstr lista
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid table
msgstr táboa
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which format should uprecords.cgi use?
msgid Format used by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr ¿Que formato debe empregar uprecords?
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
msgid
Three different layouts are available for use by the uprecords CGI script.
Which method you use is a matter of personal preference.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| - pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
#| - list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
#| - table: Creates an HTML table.
msgid
* pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
* list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
* table: Creates an HTML table.
msgstr
- pre: Encerra todo entre pre.../pre\n
- lista: Crea unha lista, empregando ol.../ol\n
- táboa: Crea unha táboa HTML.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid How many records should uprecords.cgi show?
msgid Number of records shown by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr ¿Cantos rexistros debe amosar uprecords.cgi?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
msgid
While uptimed may keep a large number of uptime records, not all of them are
interesting to the outside world. Thus, you can limit the number of records
that will be shown here.
msgstr
Aínda que uptimed pode conservar moitos rexistros, non todos son
interesantes para o mundo exterior. Polo tanto, pode limitar o número de
rexistros que se han amosar aquí.
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the webtree
msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the web tree
msgstr Instalouse uprecords.cgi na árbore da web
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI
#| script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as
#| http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your
#| webserver configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgid
You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI
script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as
http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your web
server configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgstr
Instalou o paquete uprecords-cgi. Isto significa que se instalou un script
CGI que agora é visible para o mundo exterior coma http://${hostname}/cgi-;
bin/uprecords.cgi (se non modificou a configuración do servidor web para ter
os scripts CGI nun lugar diferente).
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| In the default webserver configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from
#| anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access
#| restrictions (but who doesn't want to show off with his/her uptimes?).
msgid
In the default web server configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from
anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access
restrictions... but why wouldn't you want to show off your uptimes?
msgstr
Na configuración por defecto dos servidores web, os scripts CGI están
accesibles desde todo o mundo. Se non quere isto, debería configurar
restricións de acceso.
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You may also want to modify the HTML header and footer files in /etc/
#| uprecords-cgi or tell your webmaster to do so (remember to give him the
#| necessary permissions then).
msgid
You may also want to modify the HTML header and footer
postfix 2.9.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for postfix. The tempaltes have been, once again, changed by the maintainer and you, once again, have to redo your work. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is unknown and subject to the will of the maintainer...:-) You known what to do..:-) Thanks in advance, # Galician translation of postfix's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: postfix\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-30 22:56-0600\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-30 19:25+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Engadir unha entrada mydomain en main.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). msgstr Postfix versión 2.3.3-2 e posteriores precisan de cambios en main.cf. En particular, hai que especificar mydomain, xa que hostname(1) non fornece un nome de dominio completamente cualificado (FQDN). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of the machine. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que mydomain estea automaticamente baseado no nome de dominio completo (FQDN) da máquina. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf does not reflect that. Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel? msgstr ¿Instalar postfix a pesares de ter un núcleo non soportado? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run. msgstr Postfix emprega características que non existen nos núcleos anteriores a 2.6. Se continúa coa instalación, Postfix non ha funcionar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Corrixir a entrada de retry en master.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf. msgstr Postfix versión 2.4 precisa de que se engada o servizo retry ao ficheiro master.cf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.4 in this respect. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que master. cf sexa automaticamente compatible con Postfix 2.4 neste respecto. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Corrixir a entrada de tlsmgr en master.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr. msgstr Postfix versión 2.2 cambiou a invocación de tlsmgr. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que master. cf sexa automaticamente compatible con Postfix 2.2 neste respecto. #. Type: boolean #.
collectd 4.10.7-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd
Hi, The maintainer of the collectd package recently uploaded his packageand introduced a new debconf template. As we're now close to the wheezy freeze, it's time to hurry up and I take over the duty of calling for a translation update on his behalf. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against collectd NOT TO ME! There is no strict deadline for this. I suggest not waiting for more than one week. Thanks in advance, # Galician translation of collectd's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: collectd\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-17 18:25+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-24 11:24+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 msgid Layout of RRD files has changed msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD cambiou #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. msgstr A organización dos ficheiros RRD creados por collectd cambiou significativamente desde a versión 3.x. Para conservar os seus datos antigos ten que migralos. Pódese facer empregando /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/ migrate-3-4.px. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 msgid This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually. msgstr Este paso precisa de que os paquetes perl e rrd estean instalados, o que actualmente non é o caso. Ten que realizar a migración manualmente. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details. msgstr Consulte /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian para máis detalles. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid Automatically try to migrate your RRD files? msgstr ¿Migrar automaticamente os ficheiros RRD? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/ collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, though. Do not expect it to work in all cases. msgstr Este paso pódese realizar automaticamente. Neste caso faise unha copia de / var/lib/collectd/ en /var/backups/. Este script aínda é experimental, porén. Non espere que funcione en tódolos casos. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 msgid Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 msgid The /var/lib/collectd/ directory which contains the data files containing the collected statistics is about to be removed. For example, this directory includes (in the default configuration) all RRD files. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 msgid If you're purging the collectd package in order to replace it with a more recent or custom version or if you want to keep the data for further analysis, the data should be kept. msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
webfs 1.21+ds1-8.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package webfs
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on webfs pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of webfs's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the webfs package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: webfs\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: we...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-09 07:07+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-24 00:32+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid IP address webfsd should listen on: msgid IP address webfsd should listen to: msgstr Enderezo IP no que webfsd debería escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid On a system with multiple IP addresses, webfsd can be configured to listen to only one of them. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid If you leave this empty, webfsd will listen to all IP addresses. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Timeout for network connections: msgstr Límite de tempo para as conexións de rede: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Number of parallel network connections: msgstr Número de conexións de rede paralelas: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid For small private networks, the default number of parallel network connections should be fine. This can be increased for larger networks. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid Directory cache size: msgstr Tamaño da caché de directorios: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| webfsd can keep cached directory listings. By default, the size of the #| cache is limited to 128 entries. If you have a very big directory tree, #| you might want to raise this value. msgid Directory listings can be cached by webfsd. By default, the size of the cache is limited to 128 entries. If the web server has very big directory trees, you might want to raise this value. msgstr webfsd pode manter os listados dos directorios nunha caché. Por defecto, o tamaño da caché está limitado a 128 entradas. Se ten unha árbore de directorios moi grande, pode querer aumentar este valor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Host name for webfsd: msgid Incoming port number for webfsd: msgstr Nome do servidor webfsd: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid Please enter the port number for webfsd to listen to. If you leave this blank, the default port (8000) will be used. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:8001 msgid Enable virtual hosts? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:8001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please choose this option if you want webfsd support name-based virtual #| hosts. The first directory level below your document root will then be #| used as hostname. msgid This option allows webfsd to support name-based virtual hosts, taking the directories immediately below the document root as host names. msgstr Escolla esta opción se quere que webfsd soporte servidores virtuais baseados en nomes. O primeiro nivel de directorios embaixo da raíz de documentos hase empregar coma nome do servidor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 msgid Document root for webfsd: msgstr Raíz de documentos para webfsd: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| webfsd is a lightweight HTTP server which only serves static files. You #| can use it for example to provide HTTP access to your anonymous FTP #| server. msgid Webfsd is a lightweight HTTP server for mostly static content. Its most obvious use is to provide HTTP access to an anonymous FTP server. msgstr webfsd é un servidor HTTP lixeiro que só serve ficheiros estáticos. Pode empregalo, por exemplo, para fornecer acceso por HTTP ao seu servidor FTP anónimo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You need to specify the document root for the webfs daemon, i.e. the #| directory tree which will be exported. msgid Please specify the document root for the webfs daemon. msgstr Ten que especificar a raíz de documentos do servizo webfs; é dicir, a árbore de directorios que se ha exportar. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Leave this blank if you don't want webfsd started by the system
tripwire 2.4.2.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tripwire
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tripwire pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of tripwire's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the tripwire package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: tripwire\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tripw...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-17 16:41+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-01 13:32+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Do you wish to upgrade? msgstr ¿Quere actualizar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid The format of the Tripwire database and configuration files have changed substantially between previous versions and this release. msgstr Os formatos da base de datos e ficheiros de configuración de Tripwire cambiaron substancialmente entre as versións antigas e esta versión. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid To ensure your system remains secure, the upgrade process keeps a copy of the old version of Tripwire and the old configuration file along with any old databases that may exist. You will find a detailed explanation for using the old version of Tripwire in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian. msgstr Para se asegurar de que o sistema permaneza seguro, o proceso de actualización conserva unha copia da versión antiga de Tripwire e do seu ficheiro de configuración xunto coas bases de datos antigas que poidan existir. Ha atopar unha explicación detallada para empregar a versión antiga de Tripwire en /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid However, as no conversion of the old configuration file and database is attempted, you may prefer not to upgrade. msgstr Nembargantes, como non se tenta converter o ficheiro de configuración antigo nin a súa base de datos, pode preferir non se actualizar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Due to the way Debian handles configuration files, if you choose to upgrade you must accept the new version of /etc/cron.daily/tripwire for regular reporting to occur. The cron job associated with the previous version will continue to run regardless. msgstr Debido á maneira en que Debian xestiona os ficheiros de configuración, se quere actualizar ha ter que aceptar a nova versión do ficheiro /etc/cron. daily/tripwire para poder recibir informes periódicos. A tarefa de cron asociada coa versión anterior ha seguir a funcionar, porén. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Do you wish to create/use your site key passphrase during installation? msgstr ¿Quere crear/empregar o contrasinal da clave do sitio durante a instalación? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Tripwire uses a pair of keys to sign various files, thus ensuring their #| unaltered state. By accepting here, you will be prompted for the #| passphrase for the first of those keys, the site key, during the #| installation. You are also agreeing to create of a site key if one #| doesn't exist already. Tripwire uses the site key to sign files that may #| be common to multiple systems, e.g. the configuration policy files. #| See twfiles(5) for more information. msgid Tripwire uses a pair of keys to sign various files, thus ensuring their unaltered state. By accepting here, you will be prompted for the passphrase for the first of those keys, the site key, during the installation. You are also agreeing to create a site key if one doesn't exist already. Tripwire uses the site key to sign files that may be common to multiple systems, e.g. the configuration policy files. See twfiles(5) for more information. msgstr Tripwire emprega un par de claves para asinar varios ficheiros, o que asegura que permanezan inalterados. Se acepta esta opción, háselle pedir o contrasinal da primeira desas claves, a clave do sitio, durante a instalación. Tamén ha aceptar crear unha clave de sitio se non existe unha xa. Tripwire emprega a clave do sitio para asinar os ficheiros que poidan ser comúns a varios sistemas; por exemplo, os ficheiros de configuración e políticas. Consulte twfiles(5) para máis información. #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001 msgid Unfortunately, due to the Debian
debian-installer: Please update sublevel 6
Hi,
Two strings have been added to Debian Installer recently. As per a new
policy, these strings ar emoved to sublevel 6 temporarily and not
counted in overall statistics, which means your language still appears
as 100% translated, while this file is incomplete.
I recently decided to handle these updates in a separate process for
organizational reasons. This is why you're notified spearately by this
mail.
Please update your translation and commit it back to D-I SVN. In case
you can't, you can send me the update so that I update the repository
myself.
There is no strict deadline, but doing this update as soon as possible
would be a good idea: this is not that a big update..:-)
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-25 22:50+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 19:15+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a empregar:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
Os paquetes que empregan debconf para a configuración comparten unha
aparencia común. Pode escoller o tipo de interface de usuario que empregan.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid Text
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid 'Text' is a traditional plain text interface.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid Newt
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid 'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid GTK
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid
'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
msgid Could not fetch SSH authorized keys
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#. Translators: do NOT translate the LOCATION variable name
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid An error occurred while creating the keyfile.
msgid An error occurred while fetching SSH authorized keys from ${LOCATION}.
msgstr Aconteceu un erro ao crear o ficheiro de chaves.
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
smbind 0.4.7-5.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package smbind
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on smbind pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sunday, April 15, 2012.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of smbind's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the smbind package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: smbind\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: smb...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-26 12:02+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-28 14:20+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Smbind administrator password:
msgstr
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Please choose a password for the Smbind administrator (\admin\).
msgstr
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Re-enter password to verify:
msgstr
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid
Please enter the same \admin\ password again to verify you have typed it
correctly.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Password input error
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Web server(s) to configure automatically:
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid
Smbind supports any web server supported by PHP, but only Apache 2 and
lighttpd can be configured automatically.
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid
Please select the web server(s) that should be configured automatically for
Smbind.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Should ${webserver} be restarted?
msgstr ¿Debería reiniciarse ${webserver}?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Remember that in order to activate the new configuration ${webserver} has
#| to be restarted. You can also restart ${webserver} by manually executing
#| invoke-rc.d ${webserver} restart.
msgid
Remember that in order to activate the new configuration ${webserver} has to
be restarted. You can also restart ${webserver} by manually executing
\invoke-rc.d ${webserver} restart\.
msgstr
Lembre que para activar a nova configuración hai que reiniciar ${webserver}.
Tamén pode reiniciar ${webserver} á man executando \invoke-rc.d
${webserver} restart\.
#~ msgid No supported webserver was found
#~ msgstr Non se atopou un servidor web soportado
#~ msgid
#~ A supported webserver was not found to automatically configure. This
#~ package can only automatically configure apache webservers to use the
#~ program. If you are using a different webserver, you will need to point
#~ it to the smbind files in /usr/share/smbind/php (see the webserver config
#~ files in /etc/smbind/apache.conf for examples) and possibly restart the
#~ webserver during installation, and then remove the configuration when
#~ removing the package.
#~ msgstr
#~ Non se atopou un servidor web soportado que se poida configurar
#~ automaticamente. Este paquete só pode configurar automaticamente os
#~ servidores web apache para poder usar o programa. Se emprega un servidor
#~ web diferente, ha ter que o facer apuntar aos ficheiros de smbind en /usr/
#~ share/smbind/php (consulte os ficheiros de configuración do servidor web
#~ en /etc/smbind/apache.conf para ver exemplos), e, probablemente, ha ter
#~ que reiniciar o servidor web durante a instalación, e despois, cando
#~ elimine o paquete, ha ter que eliminar a configuración.
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
New sublevel added to Debian Installer: sublevel 6 (for recently changed strings)
Hi,
As we're beginning to target the release of Debian wheezy, I called
for a soft freeze of translatable strings in Debian Installer.
As of now, strings that need a change will be moved to a special
sublevel called sublevel 6. Statistics from that sublevel will not
be counted in general statistics and, therefore, will not count as a
trigger to deactivate an incomplete translation.
This is meant to allow minor updates imacting translations without
killing a formerly complete translation work.
Still, these strings can be translated as they are gathered together.
This is this sublevel 6 and the attached file is the one for your
language.
Please consider updating this translation the usual way: those of you
who have commit access and have no problem committing in D-I
repository, please do so in packages/po/sublevel 6. Others can send me
the file to update.
There is no deadline for this. The earlier, the better!
Many thanks for your work in Debian, past, present and future!
# translation of debconf_debian_po_gl.po to Galician
#
# Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf_debian_po_gl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-05 20:47+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-01 19:15+0200\n
Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid ${echoices}
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interface a empregar:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
Os paquetes que empregan debconf para a configuración comparten unha
aparencia común. Pode escoller o tipo de interface de usuario que empregan.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1002
msgid ${descriptions}'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid Text
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'Text' is a traditional plain text interface.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid Newt
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid 'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid GTK
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid
'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment.
msgstr
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
sl-modem 2.9.11~20110321-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sl-modem
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sl-modem pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, April 09, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of sl-modem's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the sl-modem package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: sl-modem\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sl-mo...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-28 06:51+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-18 17:33+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Default #: ../sl-modem-daemon.templates:1001 msgid USA [ Enter the country (in uppercase and in English) where your language is mostly spoken, for example FRANCE for French ] msgstr SPAIN #. Type: select #. Description #. Translators: Enter the country (in uppercase and in English) where your #. language is mostly spoken, for example FRANCE for French or GERMANY for #. German #: ../sl-modem-daemon.templates:1002 msgid Location of the modem: msgstr Ubicación do módem: #. Type: select #. Description #. Translators: Enter the country (in uppercase and in English) where your #. language is mostly spoken, for example FRANCE for French or GERMANY for #. German #: ../sl-modem-daemon.templates:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| In which country is your modem located? Please select the telephone #| system used in your country. msgid Indicate the country in which your modem is located. Please select the telephone system used in your country. msgstr ¿En que país está situado o seu módem? Escolla o sistema telefónico empregado no seu país. #~ msgid USA #~ msgstr SPAIN ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
postfix 2.9.1-2: one string modified - updates needed
Hi, The postfix package maintainer modified one string in debconf templates for this package. You are registered as the last translator for these debconf templates in your language. Please update this translation. Please note that I personnally don't plan (yet) to upload the package However, if there are many updates, it will climb quickly on my radar and I may put some pressure in the upcoming weeks on the maintainer for an upload to happen. So, no deadline, but don't waste too much time...:-) Translation updates MUST be sent as bug reports. Don't send them directly to me. # Galician translation of postfix's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: postfix\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-01 21:49+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-30 19:25+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Engadir unha entrada mydomain en main.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). msgstr Postfix versión 2.3.3-2 e posteriores precisan de cambios en main.cf. En particular, hai que especificar mydomain, xa que hostname(1) non fornece un nome de dominio completamente cualificado (FQDN). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of the machine. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que mydomain estea automaticamente baseado no nome de dominio completo (FQDN) da máquina. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel? msgstr ¿Instalar postfix a pesares de ter un núcleo non soportado? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run. msgstr Postfix emprega características que non existen nos núcleos anteriores a 2.6. Se continúa coa instalación, Postfix non ha funcionar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Corrixir a entrada de retry en master.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf. msgstr Postfix versión 2.4 precisa de que se engada o servizo retry ao ficheiro master.cf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.4 in this respect. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que master. cf sexa automaticamente compatible con Postfix 2.4 neste respecto. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr ¿Corrixir a entrada de tlsmgr en master.cf para a actualización? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr. msgstr Postfix versión 2.2 cambiou a invocación de tlsmgr. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect. msgstr Se non arranxa isto ha ter un sistema de correo roto. Rexeite esta opción para abortar a actualización, o que lle ha dar a oportunidade de engadir esta configuración vostede mesmo. Acepte esta opción para facer que master. cf sexa automaticamente compatible con Postfix 2.2 neste respecto. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Ignore incorrect hostname entry? msgstr
sane-backends 1.0.22-7.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sane-backends
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sane-backends pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, March 27, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of sane-backends's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the sane-backends package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: sane-backends\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sane-backe...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-12 13:14+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-06 22:50+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid Enable saned as a standalone server? msgstr ¿Activar saned coma un servidor autónomo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid The saned server, when enabled, makes scanners available over the network. msgstr O servidor saned, cando está activado, deixa os escáneres dispoñibles pola rede. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| There are two ways of running saned:\n #| - as an inetd service, started by the inetd superserver. In this mode,\n #| saned is started as needed by inetd whenever a client tries to connect to #| the server;\n #| - as a standalone daemon, started at system boot. In this mode, saned\n #| runs in the background all by itself and listens for client connections. msgid There are two ways of running saned:\n - as an inetd service, started by the inetd superserver. In this mode,\n saned is started on demand when a client connects to the server;\n - as a standalone daemon, started at system boot. In this mode, saned\n runs in the background all by itself and listens for client connections. msgstr Hai dúas maneiras de executar saned:\n - coma un servizo de inetd, iniciado polo superservidor inetd.\n Neste modo, saned iníciase cando sexa necesario cada vez que\n un cliente tente conectarse ao servidor;\n - coma un servizo autónomo, que se inicia ao arrincar o sistema.\n Neste modo, saned execútase en segundo plano e espera\n conexións por parte dos clientes. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| When run in standalone mode, saned advertises itself on the network and #| can be detected automatically by the SANE clients with no configuration #| on the client side. You still need to configure the server to accept #| connections from your clients. msgid When run in standalone mode, saned advertises itself on the network and can be detected automatically by the SANE clients with no configuration on the client side. You still need to configure the server to accept connections from your clients. This feature is experimental and requires a running Avahi daemon. msgstr Ao executalo en modo autónomo, saned anúnciase na rede e os clientes SANE pódeno detectar automaticamente sen necesidade de os configurar. Aínda ha ter que configurar o servidor para aceptar conexións dos clientes. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid Accept this option if you want to make use of this feature. msgstr Acepte esta opción se quere empregar esta funcionalidade. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Add saned user to the scanner group? msgstr ¿Engadir saned ao grupo do escáner? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid The saned server, when enabled, makes scanners available over the network. By applying different permissions to the different scanners connected to your machine, you can control which ones will be made available over the network. msgstr O servidor saned, cando está activado, fai que os escáneres estean dispoñibles pola rede. Aplicando distintos permisos aos diferentes escáneres conectados á máquina, pódense controlar cales han estar dispoñibles pola rede. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Read /usr/share/doc/sane-utils/README.Debian for details on how to manage permissions for saned. By default, saned is run under the saned user and group. msgstr Consulte /usr/share/doc/sane-utils/README.Debian para máis detalles sobre como xestionar os permisos de saned. Por defecto, saned execútase co usuario e grupo \saned\. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Accept this option if you want to make all your scanners available over the network without restriction. msgstr Acepte esta
jspwiki 2.8.0-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package jspwiki
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on jspwiki pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 26, 2012.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of jspwiki's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the jspwiki package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: jspwiki\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jspw...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-13 19:02+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 11:08+\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:2001 ../jspwiki.templates:3001
msgid Default application name:
msgstr Nome por defecto da aplicación:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:2001
msgid
Please enter the name of the wiki. This name appears in HTML titles and log
files, and is usually the same as the top level URL (for instance 'http://;
www.example.org/JSPWiki').
msgstr
Introduza o nome do wiki. Este nome aparece nos títulos HTML e nos ficheiros
de rexistro, e adoita ser o mesmo que o URL de nivel superior (por exemplo,
\http://www.exemplo.org/JSPWiki\;).
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:3001
msgid
Please enter the HTTP prefix of the wiki. This rewrites all JSPWiki internal
link references, so it needs to be correct. It also needs to contain the
trailing slash.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid Page storage mechanism to be used by JSPWiki:
msgstr Mecanismo de armacenamento de páxinas a empregar por JSPWiki:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid Please choose the mechanism that should be used for storing pages:
msgstr Escolla o mecanismo que se debe empregar para armacenar as páxinas:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid
FileSystemProvider: simply storing pages as files;\n
RCSFileProvider:using an external Revision Control System;\n
VersioningFileProvider: versioning storage implemented in Java.
msgstr
FileSystemProvider: armacenar as páxinas coma ficheiros;\n
RCSFileProvider:empregar un sistema de control de versións
externo;\n
VersioningFileProvider: armacenamento con versións implementado en Java.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:5001
msgid Should JSPWiki use a page cache?
msgstr ¿Debe JSPWiki empregar unha caché de páxinas?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:5001
msgid Page caching usually improves performance but increases memory usage.
msgstr
A caché de páxinas adoita mellorar o rendemento pero aumenta a ocupación de
memoria.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid JSPWiki base URL:
msgstr URL base de JSPWiki:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid Base URLs are used to rewrite all of JSPWiki's internal references.
msgstr
Os URL base empréganse para rescribir tódalas referencias internas de
JSPWiki.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid A trailing slash ('/') character is mandatory.
msgstr É obrigatorio incluír unha barra inclinada (\/\) ao final.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:7001
msgid Page encoding:
msgstr Codificación da páxina:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:7001
msgid
Please choose which character encoding should be used by JSPWiki. UTF-8 is
strongly recommended.
msgstr
Indique a codificación de caracteres que debe empregar JSPWiki. Recoméndase
UTF-8.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:8001
msgid Break at capitals in page names?
msgstr ¿Separar nas maiúsculas nos nomes das páxinas?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:8001
msgid
Please choose whether page titles should be rendered using an extra space
after each capital letter. This causes 'RSSPage' to be shown as 'R S S Page'.
msgstr
Indique se quere que os títulos das páxinas se amosen cun espazo extra
despois de cada letra maiúscula. Isto fai que \RSSPage\ se amose coma \R
S S Page\.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:9001
msgid Match plural form to singular form in page names?
msgstr ¿Facer coincidir os nomes das páxinas en singular e en plural?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:9001
msgid
Choosing this option will cause JSPWiki to match 'PageLinks' to 'PageLink'
if 'PageLinks' is not found.
msgstr
Se escolle esta opción ha facer
auctex 11.86-9.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package auctex
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on auctex pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, March 26, 2012.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of the debian/auctex/templates file of the auctex
# Debian package.
#
# Copyright (C) 2007, 12 Davide G. M. Salvetti
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the auctex Debian
# package.
#
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: auctex\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: auc...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-01-02 02:04+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-02 02:15+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
Language: gl\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid Background
msgstr Fondo
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid Foreground
msgstr Primeiro plano
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex.templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr Ningún
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
msgid (La)TeX macros parsing mode:
msgstr Modo de análise de macros de (La)TeX:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
msgid
To improve the performance of AUCTeX, every currently installed TeX macro
package and LaTeX style file will be parsed.
msgstr
Para mellorar o rendemento de AUCTeX, hanse analizar tódolos paquetes de
macros de TeX e ficheiros de estilos de LaTeX instalados actualmente.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Translators: do NOT translate ${LOGFILE}
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
msgid
This may take a lot of time, so it should probably be done in the
background. You may also choose to have it done in the foreground, or to
skip that step.
msgstr Isto pode levar moito tempo, así que seguramente sexa mellor facelo coma tarefa de fondo. Tamén pode facelo coma tarefa de primeiro plano, ou omitir ese paso.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| A weekly cron job will also take care of updating the cached data, so
#| that no specific action is required whenever you install new (La)TeX
#| packages or remove old ones.
msgid
The cached data gets automatically updated via dpkg triggers, so that no
specific action is required whenever you install new (La)TeX packages or
remove old ones.
msgstr
Unha tarefa de cron semanal tamén se ha encargar de actualizar os datos da
caché, para que non se precise de realizar ningunha acción específica ao
instalar ou eliminar paquetes de (La)TeX.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex.templates:1002
msgid
This update can be run manually at any moment by running 'update-auctex-
elisp'.
msgstr
Pódese executar esta actualización manualmente en calquera momento
executando \update-auctex-elisp\.
#~ msgid Console
#~ msgstr Consola
#~ msgid File
#~ msgstr Ficheiro
#~ msgid Parsing output destination:
#~ msgstr Destino da saída da análise:
#~ msgid
#~ You chose to parse TeX macro packages and LaTeX style files in
#~ foreground. This operation generates a lot of information. Please choose
#~ where this information should be sent:
#~ msgstr
#~ Decidiu analizar os paquetes de macros de TeX e os ficheiros de estilos
#~ de LaTeX nunha tarefa de fondo. Esta operación produce moita información.
#~ Indique onde se debe enviar esa información:
#~ msgid
#~ Console: output goes to the current console;\n
#~ File:output goes to ${LOGFILE}.
#~ msgstr
#~ Consola: a saída vai á consola actual;\n
#~ Ficheiro: a saída vai ao ficheiro ${LOGFILE}.
#~ msgid
#~ By default -- i.e., answering File to this question -- further output
#~ from the parsing process will go to a file named: ${LOGFILE}.
#~ msgstr
#~ Por defecto -- é dicir, se resposta \Ficheiro\ a esta pregunta --, a
#~ saída do proceso de análise ha ir a un ficheiro chamado ${LOGFILE}.
#~ msgid
#~ If you answer Console, you will see all of the (boring) output right on
#~ your terminal.
#~ msgstr Se resposta \Consola\ ha ver toda a saída no seu terminal.
___
Proxecto mailing list
Proxecto@trasno.net
http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer
Hi, This is a very wide call for translation updates for Debian Installer sublevel 1. Some of you may have been pinged already and may even have answered. If so, sorry for this, but this call also targets past translators that were no longer mentioned in the PO files headers (most of the time as an obvious error). We are now a few months (if not weeks) before the planned freeze of Debian. It's time for me to shake the tree more and more strongly to get Installer translations in. For several of you, it's probably early in your opinion but, believe me, it takes a LOT of time to get 70 translations in. So, pretty please, take time to update (again, eventually) your translation. Attached is the sublevel 5 file. These messages belong to toy architectures and their specific features. So, if you want D-I to be installable in s390 or kFreeBSD in your language, this is what you need to translate..:-) If you want to complete it, just complete the attached PO file and commit it back to D-I SVN for those of you who have commit access. Otherwise, please send it back to me. To avoid my spam filters, please user christian+whitel...@perrier.eu.org as mail address, preferrably (don't use the +WHITELIST trick with my Debian address, though). And, this is my last spam for today..:-) # translation of gl.po to Galician # Galician messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-27 22:51+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-22 20:55+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:60001 #, no-c-format msgid ZFS pool %s, volume %s msgstr #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:62001 #, no-c-format msgid DASD %s (%s) msgstr DASD %s (%s) #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:63001 #, no-c-format msgid DASD %s (%s), partition #%s msgstr DASD %s (%s), partición núm. %s #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. Setting to reserve a small part of the disk for use by BIOS-based bootloaders #. such as GRUB. #: ../partman-partitioning.templates:36001 msgid Reserved BIOS boot area msgstr Área de arranque reservada para a BIOS #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. short variant of 'Reserved BIOS boot area' #. Up to 10 character positions #: ../partman-partitioning.templates:37001 msgid biosgrub msgstr biosgrub #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:1001 msgid In order to start your new system, the firmware on your Itanium system loads the boot loader from its private EFI partition on the hard disk. The boot loader then loads the operating system from that same partition. An EFI partition has a FAT16 file system formatted on it and the bootable flag set. Most installations place the EFI partition on the first primary partition of the same hard disk that holds the root file system. msgstr Para iniciar o novo sistema, o firmware do sistema Itanium carga o cargador de arranque desde a súa partición privada EFI no disco duro. Despois, o cargador de arranque carga o sistema operativo desde a mesma partición. Unha partición EFI está formatada co sistema de ficheiros FAT16 e ten o indicador de inicio activado. A maioría das instalacións sitúan a partición EFI na primeira partición primaria do mesmo disco duro que contén a partición raíz. #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:2001 ../partman-efi.templates:4001 msgid EFI boot partition msgstr Partición de arranque EFI #. Type: boolean #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:3001 msgid No EFI partition was found. msgstr Non se atopou ningunha partición EFI. #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. short variant of 'EFI boot partition' #. Up to 10 character positions #: ../partman-efi.templates:5001 msgid EFIboot msgstr InicioEFI #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:7001 msgid EFI-fat16 msgstr EFI-fat16 #. Type: error #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:1001 msgid No partitions were found in your system. You may need to partition your hard drives or load additional kernel modules. msgstr Non se atopou ningunha partición no sistema. Pode ter que particionar os discos duros ou cargar módulos adicionais do núcleo. #. Type: error #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:2001 msgid No file systems found msgstr Non se
ddclient 3.8.0-11.5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ddclient
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ddclient pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, March 05, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of ddclient's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the ddclient package. # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ddclient\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ddcli...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-28 18:52+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 11:43+0100\n Last-Translator: marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../ddclient.templates:2001 msgid other msgstr outro #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:2002 msgid Dynamic DNS service provider: msgstr Fornecedor de servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:2002 msgid Please select the dynamic DNS service you are using. If the service you use is not listed, choose \other\ and you will be asked for the protocol and the server name. msgstr Escolla o servizo de DNS dinámico que está a empregar. Se o servizo que emprega non aparece na lista, escolla «outro» e háselle preguntar o protocolo e o nome do servidor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:3001 msgid Dynamic DNS server: msgstr Servidor de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the name of the server which is providing you with dynamic DNS service (example: members.dyndns.org). msgstr Introduza o nome do servidor que lle fornece o servizo de DNS dinámico (exemplo: members.dyndns.org). #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:4001 msgid Dynamic DNS update protocol: msgstr Protocolo de actualización de DNS dinámico: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:4001 msgid Please select the dynamic DNS update protocol used by your dynamic DNS service provider. msgstr Escolla o protocolo de actualización de DNS dinámico que emprega o fornecedor de servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:5001 msgid DynDNS fully qualified domain names: msgstr Nomes de dominio totalmente cualificados de DynDNS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the list of fully qualified domain names for the local host(s) (for instance, \myname.dyndns.org\ with only one host or \myname1.dyndns. org,myname2.dyndns.org\ for two hosts). msgstr Introduza a lista de nomes de dominio totalmente cualificados das máquinas locais (por exemplo coma «omeunome.dyndns.org» se só ten un nome, ou «unnome. dyndns.org,outronome.dyndns.org» para dous nomes). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:6001 msgid Username for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Nome de usuario para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:6001 msgid Please enter the username to use with the dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduza o nome do usuario a empregar no servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:7001 msgid Password for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Contrasinal para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:7001 msgid Please enter the password to use with the dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduza o contrasinal a empregar co servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:8001 msgid Find public IP using checkip.dyndns.com? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:8001 msgid Please choose whether ddclient should try to find the IP address of this machine via the DynDNS web interface. This is recommended for machines that are using Network Address Translation. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:9001 msgid Network interface used for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Interface de rede para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:9001 msgid Please enter the name of the network interface (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) to use for dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduzca o nome da interface de rede (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) que empregará co servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:10001 msgid Run ddclient on PPP connect? msgstr Desexa executar ddclient ao se
wvdial 1.61-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package wvdial
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on wvdial pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, March 05, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of wvdial's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the wvdial package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: wvdial\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: wvd...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-01-27 14:21+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-06 20:28+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Automatically detect and configure your modem? msgid Automatically detect and configure the modem? msgstr ¿Detectar e configurar automaticamente o módem? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| WvDial can automatically detect your modem and create its configuration #| file. This detection may cause problems with some computers. msgid WvDial can automatically detect the modem and create its configuration file. This detection may cause problems with some computers. msgstr WvDial pode detectar o módem automaticamente e crear o seu ficheiro de configuración. Esta detección pode causar algúns problemas nalgúns ordenadores. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:2001 msgid You may reconfigure WvDial by running a program called wvdialconf which will write these settings into the /etc/wvdial.conf file. msgstr Pode reconfigurar WvDial executando un programa chamado wvdialconf que ha gravar esa configuración no ficheiro /etc/wvdial.conf. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Internet service provider's telephone number msgid ISP's telephone number: msgstr Número de teléfono do provedor de Internet #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please provide the telephone number that your Internet service provider #| (ISP) has given to you. msgid Please enter the telephone number that should be used to connect to the Internet Service Provider (ISP). msgstr Indique o número de teléfono que lle deu o provedor de Internet. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:4001 msgid Account username: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please provide the user name or login for your account with your ISP. msgid Please enter the username or login for an account issued by the ISP. msgstr Indique o nome de usuario ou login da súa conta no provedor de Internet. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Passphrase msgid Account passphrase: msgstr Contrasinal #. Type: password #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please provide the password or passphrase that unlocks access to your #| account. msgid Please enter the password or passphrase that corresponds with the account username. msgstr Indique o contrasinal que dá acceso á conta. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Passphrase msgid Confirm passphrase: msgstr Contrasinal #. Type: password #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Retype the password or passphrase for verification. msgid Please enter the password or passphrase again for verification. msgstr Volva introducir o contrasinal para verificalo. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Passphrases must match msgid Passphrase mismatch msgstr Os contrasinais deben ser iguais #. Type: error #. Description #: ../wvdial.templates:7001 msgid The passphrase and its confirmation do not match. msgstr #, fuzzy #~| msgid User name #~ msgid User name: #~ msgstr Nome de usuario #, fuzzy #~| msgid Again #~ msgid Again: #~ msgstr Outra vez #~ msgid #~ The two passphrases that you entered do not match. Please retype them. #~ msgstr #~ Os dous contrasinais que introduciu non son iguais. Volva escribilos. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
ntop 3:4.1.0+dfsg1-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ntop
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ntop pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, March 01, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of ntop's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the ntop package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ntop\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-01-26 00:15-0800\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-20 15:40+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:1001 msgid User for the ntop process to run as: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:1001 msgid Please choose the login that should be used to execute the ntop process. The use of the root user is not allowed. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:1001 msgid The account will be created if it does not already exist, but if you leave it blank, no login will be created and ntop will not run until manually configured. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Which interfaces should ntop listen on? msgid Interfaces for ntop to listen on: msgstr ¿En que interfaces debe escoitar ntop? #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please enter a comma separated list of interfaces ntop should listen on. msgid Please enter a comma-separated list of interfaces that ntop should listen on. msgstr Introduza unha lista de interfaces nas que debe escoitar ntop, separadas por comas. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:3001 msgid Administrator password: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:3001 msgid Please choose a password to be used for the privileged user \admin\ in ntop's web interface. msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:4001 msgid Re-enter password to verify: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the same password again to verify that you have typed it correctly. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:5001 msgid Empty password msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:5001 msgid You entered an empty password, which is not allowed. Please choose a non- empty password. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:6001 msgid Password input error msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:6001 msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:7001 msgid Set a new administrator password? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:7001 msgid A password for ntop's administrative web interface has already been set. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ntop.templates:7001 msgid Please choose whether you want to change that password. msgstr #~ msgid #~ The selected user will be created if not already available. Don't choose #~ root, it is not recommended and will be discarded anyway. #~ msgstr #~ Hase crear o usuario indicado se non existe xa. Non escolla \root\; non #~ se recomenda e hase ignorar de tódolos xeitos. #~ msgid #~ If you select an empty string no user will be created on the system and #~ you will need to do that configuration yourself. #~ msgstr #~ Se introduce unha cadea baleira, non se ha crear ningún usuario no #~ sistema e ha ter que facer esta configuración vostede mesmo. #~ msgid Which is the name of the user to run the ntop daemon as ? #~ msgstr ¿Cal é o nome do usuario co que executar o servizo ntop? ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
dash 0.5.7-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dash
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on dash pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, February 27, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of dash's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the dash package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: dash\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: d...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-27 12:43+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 00:31+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid Use dash as the default system shell (/bin/sh)? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid The system shell is the default command interpreter for shell scripts. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid Using dash as the system shell will improve the system's overall performance. It does not alter the shell presented to interactive users. msgstr #~ msgid Install dash as /bin/sh? #~ msgstr ¿Instalar dash coma /bin/sh? #~ msgid #~ The default /bin/sh shell on Debian and Debian-based systems is bash. #~ msgstr #~ O intérprete de ordes /bin/sh por defecto dos sistemas Debian e baseados #~ en Debian é bash. #~ msgid #~ However, since the default shell is required to be POSIX-compliant, any #~ shell that conforms to POSIX, such as dash, can serve as /bin/sh. You may #~ wish to do this because dash is faster and smaller than bash. #~ msgstr #~ Nembargantes, como o intérprete de ordes por defecto ten que ser #~ compatible con POSIX, calquera shell que siga POSIX, coma dash, pode #~ servir coma /bin/sh. Pode ser unha boa idea facelo, xa que dash é máis #~ rápido e máis pequeno que bash. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
rocksndiamonds 3.3.0.1+dfsg1-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package rocksndiamonds
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on rocksndiamonds pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, February 22, 2012. Thanks, # translation of rocksndiamonds_3.2.4+dfsg-3_gl.po to galician # Copyright (C) This file is part of debian # This file is distributed under the same license as the rocksndiamonds package. # # Marce Villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # mvillarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: rocksndiamonds_3.2.4+dfsg-3_gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: rocksndiamo...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-14 10:29+0400\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-21 22:02+0100\n Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net\n Language-Team: galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: \n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Download non-free game data? msgstr Desexa obter datos non libres para o xogo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid The data files required by rocksndiamonds do not have licenses that would allow them to be distributed as a package. However, they can be automatically downloaded from the Internet and installed locally. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Games to download data for: msgstr Partidas das que obter os datos: #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Missing utilities for download or unpacking msgstr Faltan útiles para obter ou para desempaquetar #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Downloading and unpacking the game data requires the packages wget, p7zip, and unzip, but not all of these are available. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Some of them are not available on this system. You should install them #| and then reconfigure this package by using 'dpkg-reconfigure #| rocksndiamonds'. msgid You should install them and then reconfigure this package by using \dpkg- reconfigure rocksndiamonds\. msgstr Algún deles non está dispoñíbel neste sistema. Debe instalalos e despois reconfigurar este paquete coa orde «dpkg-reconfigure rocksndiamonds». #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Cannot download required resources msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid An error occurred while downloading game data. You should check the network connection and settings and retry later on. msgstr #~ msgid #~ These games require data files that are not available under a free #~ software license and so are not distributable with Debian. This script #~ may automatically download these data files from the net and install them #~ on your system. #~ msgstr #~ Esas partidas requiren ficheiros de datos que non están dispoñíbel baixo #~ unha licenxa de software libre e polo tanto non se poden distribuir con #~ Debian. Este script pode obter automaticamente eses ficheiros de datos da #~ rede e instalalos no sistema. #~ msgid #~ The wget, 7-zip, unzip, tar are needed to either download or unpack the #~ game data. #~ msgstr #~ Precísase de wget, 7-zip, unzip e tar para obter e desempaquetar os datos #~ do xogo. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
pam 1.1.3-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, January 27, 2012. Thanks, # translation of pam_1.1.1-3_gl.po to Galician # Galician translation of pam's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package. # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: pam_1.1.1-3_gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-30 15:05-0400\n PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-29 13:01-0700\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:1001 msgid Services to restart for PAM library upgrade: msgstr Servizos a reiniciar para a actualización da biblioteca PAM: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:1001 msgid Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for this new version of libpam. Please review the following space-separated list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if needed. msgstr A maioría dos servizos que empregan PAM deben reiniciarse para empregar os módulos compilados para esta versión de libpam. Revise a seguinte lista de scripts de init.d que se han reiniciar agora, e corríxaa se é preciso. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:2001 msgid Display manager must be restarted manually msgstr Débese reiniciar manualmente o xestor de pantallas #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:2001 msgid The wdm and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version of libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would be terminated by this restart. You will therefore need to restart these services by hand before further X logins will be possible. msgstr É necesario reiniciar os xestores de pantallas wdm e xdm para a nova versión de libpam, pero hai sesións de X activas no sistema que se pecharían co reinicio. Polo tanto, ha ter que reiniciar eses servizos manualmente para poder iniciar novas sesións mediante X. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade msgstr Fallou o reinicio de algúns servizos para a actualización de PAM #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade: msgstr Non foi posíbel reiniciar os seguintes servizos para a actualización da biblioteca PAM: #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/service start'. msgstr Ha ter que reinicialos manualmente executando «/etc/init.d/servizo start». #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:4001 msgid Restart services during package upgrades without asking? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:4001 msgid There are services installed on your system which need to be restarted when certain libraries, such as libpam, libc, and libssl, are upgraded. Since these restarts may cause interruptions of service for the system, you will normally be prompted on each upgrade for the list of services you wish to restart. You can choose this option to avoid being prompted; instead, all necessary restarts will be done for you automatically so you can avoid being asked questions on each library upgrade. msgstr #. Type: title #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001 msgid PAM configuration msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001 msgid PAM profiles to enable: msgstr Perfís de PAM a activar: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001 msgid Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication, authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user sessions. msgstr Os Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determinan como se xestiona a autenticación, autorización e mudanza do contrasinal no sistema, e tamén permiten configurar accións adicionais a realizar cando se inician sesións de usuario. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001 msgid Some PAM module
grub2 1.99-15: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2 (D-I level 2)
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for grub2. This package is counted among Debian Installer level 2 translations and is therefore quite important to translate for a good localized install experience for Debian Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against grub2. There is no deadline but wheezy release, but doing the update now will save you from further reminders by me..:-) Thanks in advance, # translation of grub2_1.98+20100804-2_gl.po to Galician # Galician translation of grub2's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package. # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: grub2_1.98+20100804-2_gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-27 13:33+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-13 02:53+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid Chainload from menu.lst? msgstr ¿Cargar en cadea desde menu.lst? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub. msgstr Os scripts de actualización de GRUB detectaron unha configuración do GRUB antigo en /boot/grub. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is #| recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to chainload GRUB 2 from #| your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step may be automaticaly performed #| now. msgid In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to load a GRUB 2 boot image from your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step can be automatically performed now. msgstr Para substituír a versión antiga de GRUB do sistema, recoméndase axustar / boot/grub/menu.lst para cargar GRUB 2 en cadea desde a configuración existente do GRUB antigo. Pódese realizar este paso automaticamente agora. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and #| verify that your new GRUB 2 setup is functional for you, before you #| install it directly to your MBR (Master Boot Record). msgid It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and verify that the new GRUB 2 setup works before it is written to the MBR (Master Boot Record). msgstr Recoméndase que acepte cargar en cadea GRUB 2 desde menu.lst, e que verifique que a nova configuración de GRUB 2 funciona para vostede, antes de instalalo directamente no MBR (rexistro mestre de inicio). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid Whatever your decision, you can replace the old MBR image with GRUB 2 later by issuing the following command as root: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid GRUB failed to install to the following devices: msgid GRUB install devices: msgstr Non se puido instalar GRUB nos seguintes dispositivos: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 msgid The grub-pc package is being upgraded. This menu allows you to select which devices you'd like grub-install to be automatically run for, if any. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 msgid Running grub-install automatically is recommended in most situations, to prevent the installed GRUB core image from getting out of sync with GRUB modules or grub.cfg. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid If you're unsure which drive is designated as boot drive by your BIOS, it is often a good idea to install GRUB to all of them. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid Note: it is possible to install GRUB to partition boot records as well, and some appropriate partitions are offered here. However, this forces GRUB to use the blocklist mechanism, which makes it less reliable, and therefore is not recommended. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid The GRUB boot loader was previously installed to a disk that is no longer present, or whose unique identifier has changed for some reason. It is important to make sure that the installed GRUB core image stays in sync with GRUB modules and
distcc 3.1-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on distcc pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, January 19, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of distcc's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: distcc\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-25 21:11+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup? msgstr ¿Arrincar o servizo distcc no inicio do sistema? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming connections. msgstr Póde executarse distcc coma un servizo, esperando conexións entrantes no porto 3632. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Ten a posibilidade de arrincar o servizo distcc automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se ten dúbidas, recoméndase non arrincalo automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se cambia de opinión máis adiante, pode executar \dpkg- reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid Allowed client networks: msgstr Redes cliente admitidas: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here are allowed to connect. msgstr O servizo distcc fai control de acceso baseándose no enderezo IP do cliente que tenta conectarse. Só as máquinas ou redes que aparezan nesta lista han poder conectarse. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. \192.168.1.0/24\. msgstr Pode indicar varias máquinas e/ou redes, separadas por espazos. As máquinas represéntanse polo seu enderezo IP; as redes teñen que ir en notación CIDR; por exemplo, \192.168.1.0/24\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar a lista máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Listen interfaces: msgstr Interfaces nas que escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface. msgstr Pode asignarse o servizo distcc a unha interface de rede determinada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering its IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter nothing. msgstr Seguramente queira escoller a interface da súa rede local introducindo o seu enderezo IP. Se quere que distcc escoite en tódalas interfaces, non introduza nada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell should be used instead of the daemon. msgstr Asegúrese de protexer distcc do acceso non autorizado, escollendo con coidado a interface de escoita e as redes admitidas. Nunca debería ser accesible distcc desde redes nas que non confíe. Se iso é necesario, debería empregar secureshell no canto do servizo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar o enderezo máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc \. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid Nice level: msgstr Nivel de amabilidade: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid You can start the distcc daemon with a nice level, to give it a low priority
nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.4+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nss-pam-ldapd pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, January 04, 2012. Thanks, # Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Galician. # Copyright (C) 2009 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nss-pam-ldapd package. # # Translators: # # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nss-ldapd 0.6\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-09 11:04+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-18 10:02+0200\n Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid LDAP server URI: msgstr URI do servidor LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format is \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. Alternatively, \ldaps://\ or \ldapi://\ can be used. The port number is optional. msgstr Introduza o URI do servidor LDAP. O formato é «ldap://nome_ou_IP: porto/». Tamén se poden empregar «ldaps://» ou «ldapi://» . O número do porto é opcional. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable. msgstr Cando se emprega un esquema ldap ou ldaps recoméndase empregar un enderezo IP para evitar fallos se o servizo de nomes non está dispoñíbel. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces. msgstr Poden especificarse varios URI separándoos con espazos. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid LDAP server search base: msgstr Base da procura de servidor LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished name of the search base. msgstr Indique o nome distintivo da base de procura LDAP. Moitos sitios empregan as compoñentes dos seus nomes de dominio para este propósito. Por exemplo, o dominio «exemplo.net» debería empregar «dc=exemplo,dc=net» como nome distintivo da base de procura. #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid none msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid simple msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid SASL msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid LDAP authentication to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require (if any): msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid * none: no authentication;\n * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid LDAP database user: msgstr Usuario da base de datos LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgid Enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgstr Este valor debe especificarse como un DN (nome distintivo). #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid LDAP user password: msgstr Contrasinal do usuario de LDAP: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgstr Indique o contrasinal que se ha empregar para acceder á base de datos do LDAP. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 msgid SASL mechanism to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Choose the SASL mechanism that will be used to authenticate to the LDAP database: msgstr Indique o contrasinal que se ha empregar para acceder á base
sa-exim 4.2.1-13.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sa-exim
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sa-exim pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, January 02, 2012. Thanks, # Galician translation of sa-exim's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the sa-exim package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: sa-exim\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa-e...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-04 15:40+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-28 10:34+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Remove saved mails in spool directory? msgid Remove saved mails in sa-exim's spool directory? msgstr ¿Borrar as mensaxes gravadas do directorio de traballo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| There are some saved mails in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. #| Depending on the configuration sa-exim will save mails matching specific #| criterias (an error occured, rejected as spam, passed through although #| recognized as spam, ...) in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. msgid There are some saved mails in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. Depending on the configuration, sa-exim may save mails matching specific criteria (such as \an error occurred\, \rejected as spam\, or \passed through although recognized as spam\) in these directories. msgstr Hai algunhas mensaxes gravadas nos subdirectorios de /var/spool/sa-exim. Dependendo da configuración, sa-exim ha gravar as mensaxes que encaixen en determinados criterios (houbo un erro, rexeitada coma spam, pasada aínda que se recoñeceu coma spam, ...) en subdirectorios de /var/spool/sa-exim. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to keep these mails for further analysis or delete them now. msgstr #~ msgid #~ You can keep them for further analysis and later remove them manually or #~ decide to delete them now. #~ msgstr #~ Pode conservalas para seguir analizándoas e eliminalas despois #~ manualmente ou decidir eliminalas agora. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please update sublevel 3 of debian-installer translations
Hi, Yes, this is me again. I actually decided to really push hard for Debian Installer translations completion to occur as soon as possible. The planned release of Debian Wheezy is scheduled for sometime in 2012. That may sound as distant, but my own experience proves that it is not. To save you (and myself) a hassle when the release time approaches, I will work hard (and then push you hard) to reach translation completion for as many languages as possible, as soon aspossible. At the moment I write it, 19 languages have reached full 100% completion in all sublevels. Yours can be another one. For this, you need to complete sublevel3 (remember http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/) and thus reach the completion of core Debian Installer as seen on http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/. There is no file attached to this message, in hope that it guarantees that it passes various spam filters. All translators have commit access to D-I GIT and SVN. In case you're among the very fewexceptions of people who don't, then please ask me for the file in return. Otherwise, you'll find the file to update at svn+ssh://svn.debian.org/svn/d-i/trunk/packages/po/sublevel3 There is no deadline set but remember that sublevel 3 completeness is MANDATORY for your language to remain activated in D-I. I will not de-activate incomplete languages now, but when the release becomes closer, that could happen. PS to old timers among you: yes, I know that some of you only send updates when it's release time. Feel free to ignore this messagebut also feel free to use this opportunity for avoiding a future nagging message by me..:-) Thanks in advance, ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please update sublevel 4 of Debian Installer translations
Hi, Yes, this is me again. I actually decided to really push hard for Debian Installer translations completion to occur as soon as possible. The planned release of Debian Wheezy is scheduled for sometime in 2012. That may sound as distant, but my own experience proves that it is not. To save you (and myself) a hassle when the release time approaches, I will work hard (and then push you hard) to reach translation completion for as many languages as possible, as soon aspossible. At the moment I write it, 19 languages have reached full 100% completion in all sublevels. Yours can be another one. For this, you need to complete sublevel4 (remember http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/) and thus reach the completion of core Debian Installer as seen on http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/. There is no file attached to this message, in hope that it guarantees that it passes various spam filters. All translators have commit access to D-I GIT and SVN. In case you're among the very fewexceptions of people who don't, then please ask me for the file in return. Otherwise, you'll find the file to update at svn+ssh://svn.debian.org/svn/d-i/trunk/packages/po/sublevel4 PS to old timers among you: yes, I know that some of you only send updates when it's release time. Feel free to ignore this messagebut also feel free to use this opportunity for avoiding a future nagging message by me..:-) Thanks in advance, ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
debian-installer: Please update level 1/sublevel 2 translations
Hi, After a bunch of reminders for lelve1/Sublevel1, here's another one for sublevel2. I told you that I would be nagging you guys..:-) As explained in the mail I sent a few days ago about sublevel 1, there is no strict deadlin nor urgency in doing such updatesbut I was thinking that it's about time to do something. Several of you folks haven't done a single update since we released squeeze..:-) As usual, remember that you should have commit access. Sending me updates is nicebut you are many translators and you have no idea about the wasted energy in explaining you how to do updates...:-) So, before you ask: look back to mail exchanges we had in the past. You very probably can commit to D-I SVN! If you can't, then ask...:-) Thanks in advance, gl.po.gz Description: Binary data ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
kexec-tools 1:2.0.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package kexec-tools
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for kexec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, September 08, 2011. Thanks, # Galician translation of kexec-tools's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the kexec-tools package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: kexec-tools\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kexec-to...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-25 18:55+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-25 21:26+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001 msgid Should kexec-tools handle reboots? msgstr ¿Debe kexec-tools xestionar os reinicios? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a #| kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system #| bootloader process. msgid If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system boot loader process. msgstr Se escolle esta opción, o reinicio do sistema ha facer que se cargue un núcleo cargado mediante kexec no canto de pasar por todo o proceso de inicio do sistema. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001 msgid Read GRUB configuration file to load the kernel? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001 msgid If you choose this option, kexec will read the GRUB configuration file to determine which kernel and options to load for kexec reboot, as opposed to what is in /etc/default/kexec. msgstr ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
docbookwiki 0.9.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package docbookwiki
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for docbookwiki. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, March 22, 2011. Thanks, # Copyright (C) 2009 Marce Villarino # This file is distributed under the same license as the docbookwiki package. # # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: docbookwiki\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: docbookw...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-08 07:20+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-19 10:47+0200\n Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Remove books during purge? msgstr Deben eliminarse os libros ao purgar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you accept here, any books uploaded into DocBookWiki, including XML #| source and downloadable formats, will be removed along with the program #| files. msgid If you choose this option, any book uploaded into DocBookWiki, including XML source and downloadable formats, will be removed along with the program files when the package is purged. msgstr Se acepta isto calquera libro enviado a DocBookWiki, incluíndo as fontes XML e os formatos para obter, eliminaranse xunto cos ficheiros do programa. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Generate downloadable formats now? msgstr Desexa xerar agora os formatos para obter? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| DocBookWiki can generate downloadable formats (HTML, PDF, etc) for the #| default set of books during installation, but this will take quite some #| time to do. If you do not want to generate these now, decline here and #| they will be generated when the next DocBookWiki weekly cron job runs. msgid DocBookWiki can generate downloadable formats (HTML, PDF, etc.) for the default set of books during installation, but this will take quite some time to do. msgstr DocBookWiki pode xerar formatos para obter (HTML, PDF etc) para o conxunto predeterminado de libros durante a instalación, pero isto ha levar un tempo. Se non os quer xerar agora, non acepte isto e hanse xerar cando se execute a vindeira tarefa semanal de cron de DocBookWiki. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid If you do not want to generate these now, they will be generated when the next DocBookWiki weekly cron job runs. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../templates:4001 msgid apache2 msgstr apache2 #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid Web server to reconfigure for DocBookWiki: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid DocBookWiki supports any web server that PHP does, but this automatic configuration process only supports Apache. msgstr DocBookWiki soporta calquera servidor web con PHP, pero este proceso de configuración automática só serve para Apache. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Do you want to restart Apache now? msgid Do you want to restart the web server now? msgstr Desexa reiniciar Apache agora? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| In order to activate the new configuration Apache has to be restarted. If #| you do not confirm here, please remember to restart Apache manually. msgid In order to activate the new configuration, the web server has to be restarted. You may however prefer doing this manually later. msgstr Debe reiniciarse Apache para activar a nova configuración. Se non o confirma aquí, acórdese de reiniciar Apache manualmente. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Password for web-based setup system: msgid Password for DocBookWiki web-based setup system: msgstr Contrasinal para o sistema de configuración baseado en web: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| DocBookWiki comes with an administration script that can help you with #| managing users. The script is located at http://localhost/books/admin.; #| php. For security reasons it requires authorization. The administrator's #| username is 'superuser' and the default password is 'admin'. msgid DocBookWiki comes with an administration script that can help you with managing users. The script is located at http://localhost/books/admin.php. For security reasons it requires authorization. The administrator's username is \superuser\ and the default password is
Urgent: please update console-setup translation for Debian Installer release
Hi, Last minute changes to console-setup brought again more strings to translate. These changes are part of important fixes to make the choice of keyboard map more inline with X keymap choice. They explain why you receive a notice for console-setup a second time. In this attempt, translations from console-data have been re-used. Still, the translation for your language is still incomplete. These strings will beincluded in Debian Installer though they are currently dealt separately from the main D-I files. Please send your update as soon as possible, preferrably before November 25th. Is you send it earlier, it is even better. Many thanks in advance... # translation of gl.po to Galician # Galician messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # # Jacobo Tarrío jtar...@debian.org, 2005, 2008. # mvillarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # Marce Villarino mvillar...@gmail.com, 2009. # Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-16 00:58+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-13 01:27+0200\n Last-Translator: Jorge Barreiro yortx.ba...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl2: #: ../console-setup.templates:2001 msgid Do not change the boot/kernel font msgstr Non mudar o tipo de letra do arranque/núcleo #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Arabic msgstr . Árabe #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Armenian msgstr # Armenio #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U msgstr # Cirílico - KIO8-R e KOI8-U #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages msgstr # Cirílico - idiomas non eslavos #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin) msgstr # Cirílico - idiomas eslavos (tamén bosníaco e serbio) #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Ethiopic msgstr . Etíope #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Georgian msgstr # Xeorxiano #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Greek msgstr # Grego #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Hebrew msgstr # Hebreo #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Lao msgstr # Lao #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages msgstr # Latin1 e Latin5 - Europa occidental e idiomas turcos #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian msgstr # Latin2 - Europa central e rumano #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh msgstr # Latin3 e Latin8 - chichewa, esperanto, irlandés, maltés e galés #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese msgstr # Latin7 - lituano, letón, maorí e marshalés #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Latin - Vietnamese msgstr . Latino - Vietnamita #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Thai msgstr # Tai #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic msgstr . Combinado - latino, cirílico eslavo, hebreo, árabe básico #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek msgstr . Combinado - latino, cirílico eslavo, grego #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic and non-Slavic Cyrillic msgstr . Combinado - latino, eslavo e cirílico non eslavo #. Type: select #. Description #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3002 msgid Character set to support: msgstr Conxunto de caracteres que se vai soportar: #. Type: select #. Description #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3002 msgid Please choose the character set that should be supported by the console font. msgstr Escolla o conxunto de caracteres que debería estar soportado polo tipo de letra da consola. #. Type: select #. Description #. :sl3: #:
distcc 3.1-3.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on distcc pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 25, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of distcc's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: distcc\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-25 21:11+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup? msgstr ¿Arrincar o servizo distcc no inicio do sistema? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming connections. msgstr Póde executarse distcc coma un servizo, esperando conexións entrantes no porto 3632. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Ten a posibilidade de arrincar o servizo distcc automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se ten dúbidas, recoméndase non arrincalo automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se cambia de opinión máis adiante, pode executar \dpkg- reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid Allowed client networks: msgstr Redes cliente admitidas: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here are allowed to connect. msgstr O servizo distcc fai control de acceso baseándose no enderezo IP do cliente que tenta conectarse. Só as máquinas ou redes que aparezan nesta lista han poder conectarse. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. \192.168.1.0/24\. msgstr Pode indicar varias máquinas e/ou redes, separadas por espazos. As máquinas represéntanse polo seu enderezo IP; as redes teñen que ir en notación CIDR; por exemplo, \192.168.1.0/24\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar a lista máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Listen interfaces: msgstr Interfaces nas que escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface. msgstr Pode asignarse o servizo distcc a unha interface de rede determinada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering it's IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter nothing. msgstr Seguramente queira escoller a interface da súa rede local introducindo o seu enderezo IP. Se quere que distcc escoite en tódalas interfaces, non introduza nada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell should be used instead of the daemon. msgstr Asegúrese de protexer distcc do acceso non autorizado, escollendo con coidado a interface de escoita e as redes admitidas. Nunca debería ser accesible distcc desde redes nas que non confíe. Se iso é necesario, debería empregar secureshell no canto do servizo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar o enderezo máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc \. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid Nice level: msgstr Nivel de amabilidade: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid You can start the distcc daemon with a nice level, to give it a low priority
d-i sublevel4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package d-i
The Debian Installer team is currently polishing the last bits of D-I beta1 for squeeze. That work is based on the translation update round that happened back in June and early July 2010. Shortly after that release, there will be the release of an RC1 version of D-I with the same features, but resynced translations. Indeed, during beta1 preparation, a few strings changed in seldomly used packages. We ignored these changes to check for translation completeness but RC1 gives us an opportunity to cope with them. So, if you get this mail, the translation of one of the D-I sublevels is incomplete for your language. As you already worked on D-I translation earlier, you should know what to do. :-) The incomplete sublevel is: Please note that the incomplete file is *not* attached to this mail, because it is available from D-I SVN and other usual D-I l10n resources, which, as a D-I translator, you should know about, right? :-) Please do your best to update this translation. You, or someone else in your l10n team, should have commit rights. Please don't ask ME to commit updates *unless you really don't know what to do*. You can't imagine the hassle that is handling commits for about 70 languages The deadline is not precisely determined as of nnow. Let's say you have up to November 7th midnight. Many thanks for your understanding. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
dtc-xen 0.5.13-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dtc-xen
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on dtc-xen pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 19, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of dtc-xen's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the dtc-xen package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: dtc-xen\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dtc-...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-09-29 14:06+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 01:10+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001 msgid SOAP server login: msgstr Usuario do servidor SOAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001 msgid Dtc-xen will start it's Python based SOAP server to listen for incoming requests over a TCP socket. A remote application (like the dtc web hosting control panel) can then connect to it in order to start, stop, create and destroy a VPS. msgstr Dtc-xen ha iniciar o seu servidor SOAP baseado en Python para esperar conexións entrantes nun socket TCP. Despois, unha aplicación remota (coma o control de panel de hospedaxe web dtc) hase poder conectar a el para iniciar, deter, crear e destruir VPS. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:1001 msgid Please enter the login name to connect to the server. msgstr Introduza o nome do usuario co que se conectar ao servidor. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001 msgid SOAP server pass: msgstr Contrasinal do servidor SOAP: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001 msgid Dtc-xen will generate a .htpasswd file for the login you have just configured. msgstr Dtc-xen ha xerar un ficheiro .htpasswd para o nome de usuario que acaba de configurar. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:2001 msgid Please enter the password to use in that file. msgstr Introduza o contrasinal a empregar nese ficheiro.. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:3001 msgid Debian repository for VPS creation: msgstr Repositorio Debian para a creación de VPS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the repository to use for creating the VPS (Virtual Private Server). The current /etc/apt/sources.list file will be copied to the created VPS so the repository you enter here will be used only during the debootstrap stage of the VPS creation. msgstr Introduza o repositorio a empregar para crear o VPS (servidor privado virtual). Hase copiar o ficheiro /etc/apt/sources.list actual ao VPS creado, de xeito que o repositorio que introduza aquí só se ha empregar durante a etapa de \debootstrap\ da creación do VPS. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:4001 msgid Network mask for the VPS: msgstr Máscara de rede para o VPS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the network mask to use in the created Virtual Private Server's network settings. msgstr Introduza a máscara de rede a empregar na configuración de rede do servidor privado virtual creado. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:5001 msgid Network address for the VPS: msgstr Enderezo de rede para o VPS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the network address to use in the created Virtual Private Server's network settings. msgstr Introduza o enderezo de rede a empregar na configuración de rede do servidor privado virtual creado. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:6001 msgid Broadcast address for the VPS: msgstr Enderezo \broadcast\ para o VPS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:6001 msgid Please enter the network broadcast address to use in the created Virtual Private Server's network settings. msgstr Introduza o enderezo \broadcast\ a empregar na configuración de rede do servidor privado virtual creado. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:7001 msgid Gateway address for the VPS: msgstr Enderezo da pasarela para o VPS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:7001 msgid Please enter the network gateway address to use in the created Virtual Private Server's network settings. msgstr Introduza o enderezo da pasarela a empregar na configuración de rede do servidor privado virtual creado. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dtc-xen.templates:8001 msgid Xen kernel release name: msgstr Nome da versión do núcleo
dash 0.5.5.1-7.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dash
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on dash pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, October 17, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of dash's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the dash package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: dash\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: d...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-27 12:43+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 00:31+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid Use dash as the default system shell (/bin/sh)? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid The system shell is the default command interpreter for shell scripts. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:1001 msgid Using dash as the system shell will improve the system's overall performance. It does not alter the shell presented to interactive users. msgstr #~ msgid Install dash as /bin/sh? #~ msgstr ¿Instalar dash coma /bin/sh? #~ msgid #~ The default /bin/sh shell on Debian and Debian-based systems is bash. #~ msgstr #~ O intérprete de ordes /bin/sh por defecto dos sistemas Debian e baseados #~ en Debian é bash. #~ msgid #~ However, since the default shell is required to be POSIX-compliant, any #~ shell that conforms to POSIX, such as dash, can serve as /bin/sh. You may #~ wish to do this because dash is faster and smaller than bash. #~ msgstr #~ Nembargantes, como o intérprete de ordes por defecto ten que ser #~ compatible con POSIX, calquera shell que siga POSIX, coma dash, pode #~ servir coma /bin/sh. Pode ser unha boa idea facelo, xa que dash é máis #~ rápido e máis pequeno que bash. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
mumble 1.2.2-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mumble
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mumble pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 18, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of mumble's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the mumble package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mumble\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mum...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-11 16:52+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-26 18:47+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: password #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:1001 msgid Password to set on SuperUser account: msgstr Contrasinal para a conta de SuperUser: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:1001 msgid Murmur has a special account called \SuperUser\ which bypasses all privilege checks. msgstr Murmur ten unha conta especial chamada \SuperUser\ ao que non se aplican as comprobacións de privilexios. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:1001 msgid If you set a password here, the password for the \SuperUser\ account will be updated. msgstr Se escribe aquí un contrasinal, hase actualizar o contrasinal da conta \SuperUser\. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:1001 msgid If you leave this blank, the password will not be changed. msgstr Se deixa isto baleiro, non se ha cambiar o contrasinal. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:2001 msgid Autostart mumble-server on server boot? msgstr ¿Iniciar mumble-server ao arrincar o servidor? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:2001 msgid Mumble-server (murmurd) can start automatically when the server is booted. msgstr Mumble-server (murmurd) pódese iniciar automaticamente ao arrincar o servidor. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Autostart mumble-server on server boot? msgid Allow mumble-server to use higher priority? msgstr ¿Iniciar mumble-server ao arrincar o servidor? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mumble-server.templates:3001 msgid Mumble-server (murmurd) can use higher process and network priority to ensure low latency audio forwarding even on highly loaded servers. msgstr #~ msgid Email address to send registration emails from: #~ msgstr Enderezo de email desde o que enviar emails de rexistro: #~ msgid #~ Murmur comes with a web-based registration script, which will send an #~ authentication code to the user by email before registration can be #~ completed. #~ msgstr #~ Murmur ten un script de rexistro baseado en web que ha enviar un código #~ de autenticación ao usuario por email para poder completar o rexistro. #~ msgid #~ Set this to the email address you wish such authentication emails to come #~ from. If you set it blank, registration will be disabled. #~ msgstr #~ Escriba aquí o enderezo de email desde o que deban proceder esas mensaxes #~ de autenticación. Se o deixa baleiro, hase desactivar o rexistro. ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
mason 1.0.0-12.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mason
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mason pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 18, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of mason's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the mason package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mason\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-29 22:07+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-31 02:16+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001 msgid accept msgstr aceptar #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001 msgid reject msgstr rexeitar #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 ../templates:2001 msgid deny msgstr denegar #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 msgid Default action for new firewall rules: msgstr Acción por defecto para as novas regras de devasa: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 msgid The new rule default action specifies how Mason will handle unknown packets, when the firewall is in learning mode. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 msgid The \accept\ action will allow the packet through. \Reject\ will stop the packet with a rejection reply, while \deny\ will drop the packet silently. msgstr A acción \aceptar\ ha permitir que o paquete atravese a devasa. \Rexeitar \ ha deter o paquete cunha resposta de paquete rexeitado, mentres que \denegar\ ha descartar o paquete en silencio. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid Default action for rulesets: msgstr Nome por defecto para os xogos de regras: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid The default action specifies how Mason will handle unknown packets, when the firewall is not in learning mode. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid Again, \accept\ allows the packet through, \reject\ drops the packet with a reply, and \deny\ silently drops the packet. msgstr De novo, \aceptar\ ha permitir que pase o paquete, \rexeitar\ ha descartar o paquete cunha resposta, e \denegar\ ha descartar o paquete en silencio. #~ msgid accept, reject, deny #~ msgstr aceptar, rexeitar, denegar #~ msgid #~ When Mason detects a new kind of traffic and creates a rule for it, what #~ action should the rule take? #~ msgstr #~ Cando Mason detecte un novo tipo de tráfico e cree unha regra para el, #~ ¿cal debe ser a acción que tome a regra? #~ msgid #~ What should the default action be when a packet does not match any of the #~ rules set up by Mason? #~ msgstr #~ ¿Cal debe ser a acción por defecto cando un paquete non encaixe con #~ ningunha das regras establecidas por Mason? ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
tripwire 2.4.2-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tripwire
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tripwire pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, October 15, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of tripwire's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the tripwire package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: tripwire\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tripw...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-25 12:44+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-01 13:32+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Do you wish to upgrade? msgstr ¿Quere actualizar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid The format of the Tripwire database and configuration files have changed substantially between previous versions and this release. msgstr Os formatos da base de datos e ficheiros de configuración de Tripwire cambiaron substancialmente entre as versións antigas e esta versión. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid To ensure your system remains secure, the upgrade process keeps a copy of the old version of Tripwire and the old configuration file along with any old databases that may exist. You will find a detailed explanation for using the old version of Tripwire in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian. msgstr Para se asegurar de que o sistema permaneza seguro, o proceso de actualización conserva unha copia da versión antiga de Tripwire e do seu ficheiro de configuración xunto coas bases de datos antigas que poidan existir. Ha atopar unha explicación detallada para empregar a versión antiga de Tripwire en /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid However, as no conversion of the old configuration file and database is attempted, you may prefer not to upgrade. msgstr Nembargantes, como non se tenta converter o ficheiro de configuración antigo nin a súa base de datos, pode preferir non se actualizar. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Due to the way Debian handles configuration files, if you choose to upgrade you must accept the new version of /etc/cron.daily/tripwire for regular reporting to occur. The cron job associated with the previous version will continue to run regardless. msgstr Debido á maneira en que Debian xestiona os ficheiros de configuración, se quere actualizar ha ter que aceptar a nova versión do ficheiro /etc/cron. daily/tripwire para poder recibir informes periódicos. A tarefa de cron asociada coa versión anterior ha seguir a funcionar, porén. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Do you wish to create/use your site key passphrase during installation? msgstr ¿Quere crear/empregar o contrasinal da clave do sitio durante a instalación? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Tripwire uses a pair of keys to sign various files, thus ensuring their unaltered state. By accepting here, you will be prompted for the passphrase for the first of those keys, the site key, during the installation. You are also agreeing to create of a site key if one doesn't exist already. Tripwire uses the site key to sign files that may be common to multiple systems, e.g. the configuration policy files. See twfiles(5) for more information. msgstr Tripwire emprega un par de claves para asinar varios ficheiros, o que asegura que permanezan inalterados. Se acepta esta opción, háselle pedir o contrasinal da primeira desas claves, a clave do sitio, durante a instalación. Tamén ha aceptar crear unha clave de sitio se non existe unha xa. Tripwire emprega a clave do sitio para asinar os ficheiros que poidan ser comúns a varios sistemas; por exemplo, os ficheiros de configuración e políticas. Consulte twfiles(5) para máis información. #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001 msgid Unfortunately, due to the Debian installation process, there is a period of time where this passphrase exists in a unencrypted format. Were an attacker to have access to your machine during this period, he could possibly retrieve your passphrase and use it at some later point. msgstr Lamentablemente, debido ao proceso de isntalación de Debian, hai un periodo de tempo no que este contrasinal está nun formato sen cifrar. Se un atacante ten acceso á súa máquina durante este periodo, podería conseguir o contrasinal e
mailgraph 1.14-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mailgraph
BEWARE: the timeframe for this call for translations is very short! Hi, An upload will happen on mailgraph pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 16, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of mailgraph's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the mailgraph package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mailgraph\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mailgr...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-12 06:50+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-09 21:18+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:1001 msgid Should Mailgraph start on boot? msgstr ¿Debería iniciarse Mailgraph co ordenador? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:1001 msgid Mailgraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will monitor your Postfix logfile for changes. This is recommended. msgstr Bindgraph pode arrincar no inicio do sistema coma un servizo. Despois ha monitorizar o ficheiro de rexistro de Postfix á espera de cambios. Recoméndase facelo. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:1001 msgid The other method is to call mailgraph by hand with the -c parameter. msgstr O outro método consiste en executar mailgraph á man co parámetro -c. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:2001 msgid Logfile used by mailgraph: msgstr Ficheiro de rexistro a empregar por mailgraph: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:2001 msgid Enter the logfile which should be used to create the databases for mailgraph. If unsure, leave default (/var/log/mail.log). msgstr Introduza o ficheiro de rexistro que se debería empregar para crear as bases de datos de mailgraph. Se non está seguro, deixe o valor por defecto (/var/ log/mail.log). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:3001 msgid Ignore mail to/from localhost? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mailgraph.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you count incoming mail as outgoing mail (default), mail is counted #| more than once if you use content filters like amavis, so you'll get #| wrong values. If you're using some content filter, disable this. msgid When using a content filter like amavis, incoming mail is counted more than once, which will result in wrong values. If you use some content filter, you should choose this option. msgstr Se conta o correo de entrada coma correo de saída (opción por defecto), o correo hase contar máis dunha vez se emprega filtros de contido coma amavis, así que ha obter valores incorrectos. Se emprega un filtro de contido, desactive esta opción. #~ msgid Count incoming mail as outgoing mail? #~ msgstr ¿Contar o correo de entrada coma correo de saída? ___ Proxecto mailing list Proxecto@trasno.net http://listas.trasno.net/listinfo/proxecto
sane-backends 1.0.21-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sane-backends
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sane-backends pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, October 15, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of sane-backends's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the sane-backends package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: sane-backends\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sane-backe...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-12 13:14+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-06 22:50+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid Enable saned as a standalone server? msgstr ¿Activar saned coma un servidor autónomo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid The saned server, when enabled, makes scanners available over the network. msgstr O servidor saned, cando está activado, deixa os escáneres dispoñibles pola rede. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| There are two ways of running saned:\n #| - as an inetd service, started by the inetd superserver. In this mode,\n #| saned is started as needed by inetd whenever a client tries to connect to #| the server;\n #| - as a standalone daemon, started at system boot. In this mode, saned\n #| runs in the background all by itself and listens for client connections. msgid There are two ways of running saned:\n - as an inetd service, started by the inetd superserver. In this mode,\n saned is started on demand when a client connects to the server;\n - as a standalone daemon, started at system boot. In this mode, saned\n runs in the background all by itself and listens for client connections. msgstr Hai dúas maneiras de executar saned:\n - coma un servizo de inetd, iniciado polo superservidor inetd.\n Neste modo, saned iníciase cando sexa necesario cada vez que\n un cliente tente conectarse ao servidor;\n - coma un servizo autónomo, que se inicia ao arrincar o sistema.\n Neste modo, saned execútase en segundo plano e espera\n conexións por parte dos clientes. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| When run in standalone mode, saned advertises itself on the network and #| can be detected automatically by the SANE clients with no configuration #| on the client side. You still need to configure the server to accept #| connections from your clients. msgid When run in standalone mode, saned advertises itself on the network and can be detected automatically by the SANE clients with no configuration on the client side. You still need to configure the server to accept connections from your clients. This feature is experimental and requires a running Avahi daemon. msgstr Ao executalo en modo autónomo, saned anúnciase na rede e os clientes SANE pódeno detectar automaticamente sen necesidade de os configurar. Aínda ha ter que configurar o servidor para aceptar conexións dos clientes. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:1001 msgid Accept this option if you want to make use of this feature. msgstr Acepte esta opción se quere empregar esta funcionalidade. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Add saned user to the scanner group? msgstr ¿Engadir saned ao grupo do escáner? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid The saned server, when enabled, makes scanners available over the network. By applying different permissions to the different scanners connected to your machine, you can control which ones will be made available over the network. msgstr O servidor saned, cando está activado, fai que os escáneres estean dispoñibles pola rede. Aplicando distintos permisos aos diferentes escáneres conectados á máquina, pódense controlar cales han estar dispoñibles pola rede. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Read /usr/share/doc/sane-utils/README.Debian for details on how to manage permissions for saned. By default, saned is run under the saned user and group. msgstr Consulte /usr/share/doc/sane-utils/README.Debian para máis detalles sobre como xestionar os permisos de saned. Por defecto, saned execútase co usuario e grupo \saned\. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../sane-utils.templates:2001 msgid Accept this option if you want to make all your scanners available over the network without restriction. msgstr Acepte
sympa 6.0.1+dfsg-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sympa
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sympa pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, July 29, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of sympa's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the sympa package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: sympa\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sy...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-12 15:33+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 01:02+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Default language for Sympa: msgstr Idioma por defecto para Sympa: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Sympa hostname: msgstr Nome do servidor Sympa: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid This is the name of the machine or the alias you will use to reach sympa. msgstr Este é o nome da máquina ou o alias que ha empregar para acceder a sympa. #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001 msgid Example: msgstr Exemplo: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid listhost.cru.fr msgstr listhost.cru.fr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Then, you will send your sympa commands to: msgstr Despois ha poder enviar as ordes de sympa a: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid sy...@listhost.cru.fr msgstr sy...@listhost.cru.fr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Listmaster email address(es): msgstr Enderezo de email do listmaster: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Listmasters are privileged people who administrate mailing lists (mailing list superusers). msgstr Os listmasters son xente con privilexios que administra as listas de correo (superusuarios das listas de correo). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Please give listmasters email addresses separated by commas. msgstr Indique os enderezos de email dos listmasters separados por comas. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid postmas...@cru.fr, r...@home.cru.fr msgstr postmas...@cru.fr, r...@home.cru.fr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Should lists home and spool directories be removed? msgstr ¿Quere eliminar os directorios inicial e de traballo das listas? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid The lists home directory (/var/lib/sympa) contains the mailing lists configurations, mailing list archives and S/MIME user certificates (when sympa is configured for using S/MIME encryption and authentication). The spool directory (/var/spool/sympa) contains various queue directories. msgstr O directorio inicial das listas (/var/lib/sympa) contén as configuracións e os arquivos das listas de correo e os certificados de usuario S/MIME (cando sympa está configurado para empregar cifrado e autenticación S/MIME). O directorio de traballo (/var/spool/sympa) contén varios directorios de colas. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Note that if those directories are empty, they will be automatically removed. msgstr Teña en conta que, se eses directorios están baleiros, hanse eliminar automaticamente. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Please choose whether you want to remove lists home and spool directories. msgstr Indique se quere eliminar os directorios inicial e de traballo das listas. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid URL to access WWSympa: msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:6001 msgid Apache 2 msgstr Apache 2 #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:6001 msgid Other msgstr Outro #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:6002 msgid Which Web Server(s) are you running? msgstr ¿Que servidor(es) web está a empregar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid Do you want WWSympa to run with FastCGI? msgstr ¿Quere executar WWSympa con FastCGI? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid FastCGI is an Apache module that makes WWSympa run much faster. This option will be activated only if the `libapache-mod-fastcgi' package is installed on your system. Please first make sure you installed this package. FastCGI is required for using the Sympa SOAP server. msgstr FastCGI é un módulo de Apache que fai que WWSympa funcione moito máis rápido. Esta opción ha activarse só se
sympa 6.0.1+dfsg-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sympa
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on sympa pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, July 29, 2010. Thanks, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 19007 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100723/478a87b4/attachment-0001.bin
tvtime 1.0.2-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tvtime
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tvtime pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, July 23, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of tvtime's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the tvtime package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: tvtime\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tvt...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-07 18:42+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-20 19:56+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n Language: gl\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid TV standard: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Please choose the TV standard to use. NTSC is used in North America, much of South America, and Japan; SECAM in France, the former USSR, and parts of Africa and the Middle East; and PAL elsewhere. msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 msgid Cable msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast msgid Broadcast msgstr Cable, Antena #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast, Cable including channels 100+ msgid Cable including channels 100+ msgstr Cable, Antena, Cable incluíndo as canles 100+ #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 ../templates:4002 ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid Select the default frequency table msgid Default frequency table: msgstr Escolla a táboa de frecuencias por defecto #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The frequency table specifies which frequencies correspond to the #| familiar channel numbers. Select broadcast if you use an antenna for #| over-the-air signals. msgid Please choose the frequency table to use. It specifies which frequencies correspond to the familiar channel numbers. You should select \Broadcast\ if you use an antenna for over-the-air signals. msgstr A táboa de frecuencias especifica que frecuencia corresponde a cada número de canle. Escolla \antena\ se recibe o sinal de televisión mediante unha antena. #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The frequency table specifies which frequencies correspond to the #| familiar channel numbers. Select broadcast if you use an antenna for #| over-the-air signals. msgid Please choose the frequency table to use. It specifies which frequencies correspond to the familiar channel numbers. msgstr A táboa de frecuencias especifica que frecuencia corresponde a cada número de canle. Escolla \antena\ se recibe o sinal de televisión mediante unha antena. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid You should select \Broadcast\ if you use an antenna for over-the-air signals. msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Europe msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid France msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Russia msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Australia msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid New Zealand msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast msgid China Broadcast msgstr Cable, Antena #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Australia Optus msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Custom (must run tvtime-scanner first) msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Users of the Optus cable company in Australia should select Australia #| Optus. If you are a user of a cable company that does not use standard #| frequencies, such as Casema, UPC or Mixtics, please select Custom and run #| the tvtime-scanner application before using tvtime. msgid If you are a user of a cable company that does not use standard frequencies, you should select \Custom\ and run the tvtime-scanner application before using tvtime. msgstr Os clientes da empresa de cable Optus en Australia deberían escoller Australia Optus. Se é cliente dunha empresa de cable que non empregue frecuencias estándar, coma Casema, UPC ou Mixtics, escolla Personalizado e execute a aplicación tvtime-scanner antes de empregar tvtime. #. Type: string #. Description #:
tvtime 1.0.2-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tvtime
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tvtime pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, July 23, 2010. Thanks, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 8829 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100717/bdcf706e/attachment.bin
mason 1.0.0-12.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mason
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mason pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, June 27, 2010. Thanks, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 2758 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100621/4742f120/attachment.bin
D-I galician translation
Quoting Jorge Barreiro (yortx.barry en gmail.com): Thank you for your help. I'll talk with the people at Trasno and I hope to get back to you soon with some results. Great. May I remind you about the current deadline for Debian Installer string freeze? This is July 4th. The minimum to have at this date are sublevels 1 and 2 of level 1 completed (the levels/sublevels concept in explained in http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/). You can get files from the D-I SVN (see the above documentation) or from http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/files/gl/. Current stats are: bubulle en mykerinos:~/travail/blog/planet-debian d-i_check gl Charset is UTF-8. Stats: sublevel1/gl.po: 516 translated messages, 8 fuzzy translations, 1 untranslated message. Charset is UTF-8. Stats: sublevel2/gl.po: 523 translated messages, 3 fuzzy translations, 1 untranslated message. Charset is UTF-8. Stats: sublevel3/gl.po: 475 translated messages, 1 fuzzy translation, 2 untranslated messages. Charset is UTF-8. Stats: sublevel4/gl.po: 141 translated messages. Charset is UTF-8. Stats: sublevel5/gl.po: 126 translated messages, 9 fuzzy translations. Not that a big deal...because of previous work by Marce..:-)
D-I galician translation
Quoting Jorge Barreiro (yortx.barry en gmail.com): Hello, I'm a galician debian user and I've seen your announcement about languages in danger of been dropped from D-I. I'd like to see Galician D-I support in Squeeze again, so I'm stepping in. I'm a software developer, but this is the first time I try to contribute to a project as a translator. Is there a kind of galician translators group so I can get in touch with them? (I couldn't find any in your links). I've just read http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/ Are there any other instructions I should read, or should I just send you the updated .po files? Thank you. Hello Jorge, Marce Villarino took over Galician translations of D-I, when Jacobo Tarrio, who maintained it for years, resigned from Debian. Marce did a great job, but apparently reduced his work in the recent months. So, what I propose to avoid gl being in danger is that you try completing the sublevel 1 and 2 while we try to get news from Marce So, yes, send me updated files, at minimum for sublevels 1 and 2. Temporarily, I'll commit themand we'll examine the situation. About translation group, the contact I know about is the Trasno project, which is listed in Translation-Team in Marce's PO filesCC'ing the team, in the hope that this address is working and isn't a mailing list restricted to subscribers only...
D-I galician translation
Quoting mvillarino (mvillarino en gmail.com): Sure, pls check www.trasno.net (recently updated, and short of experienced sysadmins, so some services like pootle are not working properly yet). Marce did a great job, but apparently reduced his work in the recent months. Yes, exactly six months and four days ago. Now the feeding bottle and diapers are my only spare time hobby ;-) . Nevertheless, some day in the future, when Brandan and Aroa become able of eating, moving, playing and some other thing for themselves, I hope I wil be back to work. I expect this to hapen in some 17 years, 5 months and 26 days from now :-D Tst tst tstI am the (still) living proof that children and free software involvment are fully compatible. I installed my first Linux system in October 1992, so 7 months after the birth of my 3rd child. My good old friend Bdale Garbee is the father of two kids aged 18 and about 11 or 12 and has been one of the most involved FLOSS supporters over the last 15 years. No incompatibility, then..:-) Of course, from what I understand from the above, you got twins, so a reduction of your involvment is logical..:-) If my advice is important in some way, I'd suggest keeping some involvment, Marce. Of course much lower, but the great work you did by keeping up with the Galician localization (after Jacobo's tremendous work, previously) deserves you to keep some attention to it...even if other folks get involved. Anyway, Jorge, if you're ready to take this over, along with the Trasno group, I would be delighted to grant you commit access to D-I SVN, of course! Keep me posted...
ddclient 3.8.0-11.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ddclient
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on ddclient pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, June 14, 2010. Thanks, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 9218 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100608/94c4b868/attachment.bin
debian-installer: Please update debian-installer sublevel 3
Hi, Debian Installer translations for your language were, up to recently, complete for sublevels 1 to 3 (http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/ch01s04.html#sublevels for details about 'sublevels'). A recent change introduced 2 fuzzy and 1 untranslated string. As a preparation for an upcoming string freeze and as a very first step towards the preparation of a release of Debian Installer, would you mind completing this sublevel 3 translation? There is no deadline for this but it would greatly facilitate my job as D-I l10n coordinator to see your language completed so that I can focus on languages that have deeper problems such as really missing translators. Some of you are used to send me the needed updates in private and have me commit them. Given the number of languages in D-I, this adds quite some hassle on me and I would urge you to consider asking for commit access so that you can update files yourselves. Please see http://d-i.alioth.debian.org/doc/i18n/apb.html for details about committing to D-I SVN. Feel free to ask me for details if something is unclear. Many thanks in advance for your help in this initial task. Christian, with D-I l10n coordinator hat. próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 131858 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100606/15b0d465/attachment-0001.bin
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer
Hello, You recevive this mail because the translation of Debian Installer in your language happened to be complete prior to changes that happened in April 2010 in sublevel 5 files. These changes modified the word disk to device in packages related to the s390 architecture. Fixing this shoul dbe very easy and should not take longer than a few minutes. See attached file. More recently, also, modifications happened to sublevel 3 files. They were small modifications, too, introducing 2 fuzzy and 1 untranslated string. Again, it shouldn't take more than a couple of minutes for you to fix this. You'll find this file at the following URL: http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level1/files/language/debian-installer_packages_po_sublevel3_language.po where language should be replaced by your language code (be,bn,eo,fi,gl,hu,sl,sq,zh_TW). Would you mind updating these translations to bring your language back to 100%? A full string freeze will soon happen to Debian Squeeze quite soon and this is a perfect moment to start with 100% statistics. If you have any question, please feel free to contact me. In case, you CAN'T update your translations, please also mail me so that I can try finding an alternative solution. Many thanks in advance, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 36288 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100606/083609c1/attachment-0001.bin
console-data 2:1.10-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-data
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for console-data. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against console-data. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tue, 01 Jun 2010 09:54:44 +0200. Thanks in advance, próxima parte A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: gl.po Type: text/x-gettext Size: 10799 bytes Desc: non dispoñÃbel URL: http://listas.trasno.net/private/proxecto/attachments/20100522/8aaf6e48/attachment.bin
distcc 3.1-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on distcc pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, March 17, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of distcc's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: distcc\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-25 21:11+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup? msgstr ¿Arrincar o servizo distcc no inicio do sistema? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming connections. msgstr Póde executarse distcc coma un servizo, esperando conexións entrantes no porto 3632. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Ten a posibilidade de arrincar o servizo distcc automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se ten dúbidas, recoméndase non arrincalo automaticamente ao iniciar o ordenador. Se cambia de opinión máis adiante, pode executar \dpkg- reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid Allowed client networks: msgstr Redes cliente admitidas: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here are allowed to connect. msgstr O servizo distcc fai control de acceso baseándose no enderezo IP do cliente que tenta conectarse. Só as máquinas ou redes que aparezan nesta lista han poder conectarse. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. \192.168.1.0/24\. msgstr Pode indicar varias máquinas e/ou redes, separadas por espazos. As máquinas represéntanse polo seu enderezo IP; as redes teñen que ir en notación CIDR; por exemplo, \192.168.1.0/24\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar a lista máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Listen interfaces: msgstr Interfaces nas que escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface. msgstr Pode asignarse o servizo distcc a unha interface de rede determinada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering it's IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter nothing. msgstr Seguramente queira escoller a interface da súa rede local introducindo o seu enderezo IP. Se quere que distcc escoite en tódalas interfaces, non introduza nada. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell should be used instead of the daemon. msgstr Asegúrese de protexer distcc do acceso non autorizado, escollendo con coidado a interface de escoita e as redes admitidas. Nunca debería ser accesible distcc desde redes nas que non confíe. Se iso é necesario, debería empregar secureshell no canto do servizo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Para cambiar o enderezo máis tarde, pode executar \dpkg-reconfigure distcc \. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid Nice level: msgstr Nivel de amabilidade: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid You can start the distcc daemon with a nice level, to give it a low priority compared to other processes. The start script will only accept values between 0 and 20. msgstr Pode iniciar o servizo distcc cun
webfs 1.21+ds1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package webfs
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for webfs. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, March 23, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of webfs's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the webfs package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: webfs\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: we...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-09 07:07+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-24 00:32+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid IP address webfsd should listen on: msgid IP address webfsd should listen to: msgstr Enderezo IP no que webfsd debería escoitar: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid On a system with multiple IP addresses, webfsd can be configured to listen to only one of them. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid If you leave this empty, webfsd will listen to all IP addresses. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Timeout for network connections: msgstr Límite de tempo para as conexións de rede: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Number of parallel network connections: msgstr Número de conexións de rede paralelas: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid For small private networks, the default number of parallel network connections should be fine. This can be increased for larger networks. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid Directory cache size: msgstr Tamaño da caché de directorios: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| webfsd can keep cached directory listings. By default, the size of the #| cache is limited to 128 entries. If you have a very big directory tree, #| you might want to raise this value. msgid Directory listings can be cached by webfsd. By default, the size of the cache is limited to 128 entries. If the web server has very big directory trees, you might want to raise this value. msgstr webfsd pode manter os listados dos directorios nunha caché. Por defecto, o tamaño da caché está limitado a 128 entradas. Se ten unha árbore de directorios moi grande, pode querer aumentar este valor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Host name for webfsd: msgid Incoming port number for webfsd: msgstr Nome do servidor webfsd: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid Please enter the port number for webfsd to listen to. If you leave this blank, the default port (8000) will be used. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:8001 msgid Enable virtual hosts? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:8001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please choose this option if you want webfsd support name-based virtual #| hosts. The first directory level below your document root will then be #| used as hostname. msgid This option allows webfsd to support name-based virtual hosts, taking the directories immediately below the document root as host names. msgstr Escolla esta opción se quere que webfsd soporte servidores virtuais baseados en nomes. O primeiro nivel de directorios embaixo da raíz de documentos hase empregar coma nome do servidor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 msgid Document root for webfsd: msgstr Raíz de documentos para webfsd: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| webfsd is a lightweight HTTP server which only serves static files. You #| can use it for example to provide HTTP access to your anonymous FTP #| server. msgid Webfsd is a lightweight HTTP server for mostly static content. Its most obvious use is to provide HTTP access to an anonymous FTP server. msgstr webfsd é un servidor HTTP lixeiro que só serve ficheiros estáticos. Pode empregalo, por exemplo, para fornecer acceso por HTTP ao seu servidor FTP anónimo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You need to specify the document root for the webfs daemon, i.e. the #| directory tree which will be exported. msgid Please specify the document root for the webfs daemon. msgstr Ten que especificar a raíz de documentos do servizo webfs; é dicir, a árbore de directorios que se ha exportar. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Leave this blank if you don't want webfsd started by the system at boot #| time. msgid If you leave this field blank,
scponly 4.8-4.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package scponly
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on scponly pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, February 11, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of scponly's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the scponly package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: scponly\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: scpo...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-10 13:16+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-28 19:55+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../scponly.templates:1001 ../scponly-full.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Install the chrooted binary /usr/sbin/scponlyc and set it to mode 4755 #| (root.root)? msgid Install the chrooted binary /usr/sbin/scponlyc SUID root? msgstr ¿Instalar o binario /usr/sbin/scponlyc para o chroot e establecer o modo 4755 (root.root)? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../scponly.templates:1001 ../scponly-full.templates:1001 msgid If you want scponly to chroot into the user's home directory prior to doing its work, the scponly binary has to be installed in /usr/sbin/scponlyc and has to have the suid-root-bit set. msgstr Se quere que scponly faga chroot para o directorio inicial do usuario antes de que faga o seu traballo, é necesario instalar o binario scponly en /usr/ sbin/scponlyc e ten que ter o bit setuid-root establecido. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../scponly.templates:1001 ../scponly-full.templates:1001 msgid This could lead (in the worst case) to a remotely exploitable root hole. If you don't need the chroot- functionality, don't install the file. msgstr Isto pode producir (no peor caso) un burato de seguridade que se pode explotar de maneira remota. Se non precisa da funcionalidade de chroot, non instale o ficheiro. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../scponly-full.templates:2001 msgid Potential security hazard msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../scponly-full.templates:2001 msgid WARNING: this package was compiled with rsync, unison and SVN support, which can be a potential SECURITY hazard if not configured correctly! Please read the file /usr/share/doc/scponly-full/SECURITY! msgstr
bacula 3.0.2-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package bacula
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on bacula pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, January 30, 2010. Thanks, # Galician translation of bacula's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the bacula package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: bacula\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bac...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-24 08:08+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-28 19:16+\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../bacula-director-sqlite3.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Create tables for Bacula's catalog? msgid Create tables for Bacula's Catalog? msgstr ¿Crear táboas para o catálogo de Bacula? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../bacula-director-sqlite3.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The tables needed for Bacula's catalog are missing. This is normal for a #| fresh install of Bacula. msgid The tables needed for Bacula's catalog are missing. This is normal for a fresh install of Bacula. These tables are needed for the Bacula director to function. msgstr Fallan as táboas necesarias para o catálogo de Bacula. Isto é normal nunha instalación nova de Bacula. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../bacula-director-sqlite3.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Remove catalog on purge? msgid Remove Catalog on purge? msgstr ¿Eliminar o catálogo ao purgar? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../bacula-director-sqlite3.templates:2001 msgid If you want to remove the Bacula catalog when the package is purged, you should choose this option. msgstr #~ msgid #~ These tables are needed for the Bacula director to function. Please #~ choose whether these tables should be automatically created. #~ msgstr #~ Esas táboas son necesarias para que funcione o director de Bacula. #~ Indique se quere que se configuren automaticamente esas táboas. #~ msgid #~ Please choose whether the Bacula catalog should be removed when the #~ director package is purged. #~ msgstr #~ Indique se quere que se elimine o catálogo de Bacula ao purgar o paquete #~ do director. #~ msgid #~ Do you want the Bacula Catalog to be removed if you purge the Bacula #~ director? #~ msgstr #~ ¿Quere que se elimine o Catálogo de Bácula ao purgar o director de Bacula?
dbconfig-common 1.8.41+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dbconfig-common
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on dbconfig-common pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, December 27, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of dbconfig-common's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the dbconfig-common package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: dbconfig-common\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dbconfig-com...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-06 07:18+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 23:01+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:2001 msgid Will this server be used to access remote databases? msgstr ¿Hase empregar este servidor para acceder a bases de datos remotas? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:2001 msgid For the database types that support it, dbconfig-common includes support for configuring databases on remote systems. When installing a package's database via dbconfig-common, the questions related to remote configuration are asked with a priority such that they are skipped for most systems. msgstr Para os tipos de bases de datos que o soportan, dbconfig-common inclúe soporte para configurar bases de datos en sistemas remotos. Ao instalar a base de datos dun paquete mediante dbconfig-common, as preguntas relacionadas coa configuración remota levan unha prioridade tal que se omiten na maioría dos sistemas. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you select this option, the default behaviour will be to prompt you #| with questions related to remote database configuration when you install #| new packages. msgid If you select this option, the default behavior will be to prompt you with questions related to remote database configuration when you install new packages. msgstr Se escolle esta opción, o comportamento por defecto ha ser facerlle preguntas relacionadas coa configuración de bases de datos remotas ao instalar novos paquetes. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:2001 msgid If you are unsure, you should not select this option. msgstr Se non está seguro, non debería seleccionar esta opción. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Keep \administrative\ database passwords in debconf? msgid Keep \administrative\ database passwords? msgstr ¿Conservar os contrasinais \administrativos\ das bases de datos en debconf? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| By default, you will be prompted for all administrator-level database #| passwords when you configure, upgrade, or remove applications with #| dbconfig-common. These passwords will not be stored in debconf for any #| longer than they are needed. msgid By default, you will be prompted for all administrator-level database passwords when you configure, upgrade, or remove applications with dbconfig- common. These passwords will not be stored in the configuration database (debconf) for any longer than they are needed. msgstr Por defecto, hánselle pedir tódolos contrasinais de nivel de administrador das bases de datos ao configurar, actualizar ou eliminar aplicacións con dbconfig-common. Eses contrasinais non se han armacenar en debconf máis tempo do necesario. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This behavior can be disabled, in which case the passwords will remain in #| the debconf password database. The debconf password database is #| protected by unix file permissions, though this is less secure and thus #| not the default setting. msgid This behavior can be disabled, in which case the passwords will remain in the database. That database is protected by Unix file permissions, though this is less secure and thus not the default setting. msgstr Pódese desactivar este comportamento; neste caso, os contrasinais han permanecer na base de datos de contrasinais de debconf. A base de datos de contrasinais de debconf está protexida mediante permisos de ficheiros unix, aínda que isto é menos seguro e, polo tanto, non é a opción por defecto. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dbconfig-common.templates:3001 msgid If you would rather not be bothered for an administrative password every time you upgrade a database application with dbconfig-common, you should choose this option. Otherwise, you should refuse this option. msgstr Se prefire que non se lle pida un contrasinal administrativo cada vez que
xmame 0.106-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xmame
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on xmame pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, November 25, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of xmame's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the xmame package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: xmame\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: xm...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2008-12-26 07:56+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-10 20:51+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmame-x.templates:1001 msgid Do you want /usr/games/xmame.x11 to be installed SUID root? msgstr ¿Quere instalar /usr/games/xmame.x11 con SUID root? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmame-x.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of installing xmame.x11 with the SUID bit set. msgstr Ten a posibilidade de instalar xmame.x11 co bit SUID activado. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmame-x.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you make xmame.x11 SUID (i.e privileged), you can use the DGA #| extension of your X server, which is currently the fastest fullscreen #| method for xmame. This could, however, potentially allow xmame to be used #| during a security attack on your computer. If you are playing network #| games I recommend that you decline. Otherwise, select this option and #| enjoy fullscreen games. If you change your mind later, you can run: dpkg- #| reconfigure xmame-x. msgid If you make xmame.x11 SUID (i.e privileged), you can use the DGA extension of your X server, which is currently the fastest fullscreen method for xmame. This could, however, potentially allow xmame to be used during a security attack on your computer. If you are playing network games it is recommended that you decline. Otherwise, select this option and enjoy fullscreen games. If you change your mind later, you can run: dpkg- reconfigure xmame-x. msgstr Se lle pon o bit SUID a xmame.x11, pode empregar a extensión DGA do servidor X, que é o método de pantalla completa máis rápido para xmame na actualidade. Nembargantes, isto pode permitir que se empregue xmame durante un ataque á seguridade do seu ordenador. Se xoga a xogos de rede recoméndase rexeitar esta opción. Se non, escolla esta opción e desfrute dos xogos a pantalla completa. Se cambia de opinión máis adiante, pode executar \dpkg- reconfigure xmame-x\. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmess-x.templates:1001 msgid Do you want /usr/games/xmess.x11 to be installed SUID root? msgstr ¿Quere instalar /usr/games/xmess.x11 con SUID root? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmess-x.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of installing xmess.x11 with the SUID bit set. msgstr Ten a posibilidade de instalar xmess.x11 co bit SUID activado. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xmess-x.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you make xmess SUID (i.e privileged), you can use the DGA extension of #| your X server, which is currently the fastest fullscreeen method for #| xmess. This could, however, potentially allow xmess to be used during a #| security attack on your computer. If you are playing network games I #| recommend that you decline. Otherwise, accept and enjoy fullscreen games. #| If you change your mind later, you can run: dpkg-reconfigure xmess-x. msgid If you make xmess SUID (i.e privileged), you can use the DGA extension of your X server, which is currently the fastest fullscreeen method for xmess. This could, however, potentially allow xmess to be used during a security attack on your computer. If you are playing network games, it is recommended that you decline. Otherwise, accept and enjoy fullscreen games. If you change your mind later, you can run: dpkg-reconfigure xmess-x. msgstr Se lle pon o bit SUID a xmess, pode empregar a extensión DGA do servidor X, que é o método de pantalla completa máis rápido para xmess na actualidade. Nembargantes, isto pode permitir que se empregue xmess durante un ataque á seguridade do seu ordenador. Se xoga a xogos de rede recoméndase rexeitar esta opción. Se non, escolla esta opción e desfrute dos xogos a pantalla completa. Se cambia de opinión máis adiante, pode executar \dpkg- reconfigure xmess-x\.
mod-mono 2.4.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mod-mono
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on mod-mono pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 03, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of mod-mono's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the mod-mono package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mod-mono\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mod-m...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-16 15:24+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-30 18:53+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001 msgid Mono server to use: msgstr Servidor Mono a empregar: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono #| ASP.NET backends:\n #| - mod-mono-server : implements ASP.NET 1.1 features;\n #| - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features. msgid The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono ASP.NET backends:\n - mod-mono-server1: implements ASP.NET 1.1 features;\n - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features. msgstr Pódese empregar o módulo libapache2-mod-mono con calquera destes motores ASP. NET de Mono:\n - mod-mono-server1: implementa as características de ASP.NET 1.1;\n - mod-mono-server2: implementa as características de ASP.NET 2.0.
ddclient 3.8.0-5.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ddclient
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on ddclient pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, October 21, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of ddclient's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the ddclient package. # # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ddclient\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ddcli...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-21 15:02+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 11:43+0100\n Last-Translator: marce villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../ddclient.templates:2001 msgid other msgstr outro #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:2002 msgid Dynamic DNS service provider: msgstr Fornecedor de servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:2002 msgid Please select the dynamic DNS service you are using. If the service you use is not listed, choose \other\ and you will be asked for the protocol and the server name. msgstr Escolla o servizo de DNS dinámico que está a empregar. Se o servizo que emprega non aparece na lista, escolla «outro» e háselle preguntar o protocolo e o nome do servidor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:3001 msgid Dynamic DNS server: msgstr Servidor de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the name of the server which is providing you with dynamic DNS service (example: members.dyndns.org). msgstr Introduza o nome do servidor que lle fornece o servizo de DNS dinámico (exemplo: members.dyndns.org). #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:4001 msgid Dynamic DNS update protocol: msgstr Protocolo de actualización de DNS dinámico: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:4001 msgid Please select the dynamic DNS update protocol used by your dynamic DNS service provider. msgstr Escolla o protocolo de actualización de DNS dinámico que emprega o fornecedor de servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:5001 msgid DynDNS fully qualified domain names: msgstr Nomes de dominio totalmente cualificados de DynDNS: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the list of fully qualified domain names for the local host(s) (for instance, \myname.dyndns.org\ with only one host or \myname1.dyndns. org,myname2.dyndns.org\ for two hosts). msgstr Introduza a lista de nomes de dominio totalmente cualificados das máquinas locais (por exemplo coma «omeunome.dyndns.org» se só ten un nome, ou «unnome. dyndns.org,outronome.dyndns.org» para dous nomes). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:6001 msgid Username for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Nome de usuario para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:6001 msgid Please enter the username to use with the dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduza o nome do usuario a empregar no servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:7001 msgid Password for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Contrasinal para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:7001 msgid Please enter the password to use with the dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduza o contrasinal a empregar co servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:8001 msgid Find public IP using checkip.dyndns.com? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:8001 msgid Please choose whether ddclient should try to find the IP address of this machine via the DynDNS web interface. This is recommended for machines that are using Network Address Translation. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:9001 msgid Network interface used for dynamic DNS service: msgstr Interface de rede para o servizo de DNS dinámico: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:9001 msgid Please enter the name of the network interface (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) to use for dynamic DNS service. msgstr Introduzca o nome da interface de rede (eth0/wlan0/ppp0/...) que empregará co servizo de DNS dinámico. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:10001 msgid Run ddclient on PPP connect? msgstr Desexa executar ddclient ao se conectar por PPP? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ddclient.templates:10001 msgid You should enable this option if ddclient
isdnutils 1:3.9.20060704-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package isdnutils
(third attempt: I improved the comment explaining what to do with one of the
strings and added brackets to it to avoid duplicate msgid's. Please refere
to the relevant debian-i18n thread. Sorry again for the inconvenience)
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
isdnutils. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, October 28, 2009.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of isdnutils's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the isdnutils package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: isdnutils\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: isdnut...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-14 06:41+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-26 16:37+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ISP dialup config exists already
msgid ISP dialup configuration already exists
msgstr Xa existe a configuración dun provedor de Internet
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The files device.${IPPP0} and ipppd.${IPPP0} already exist. Therefore the
#| ipppd configuration phase won't touch anything there, as it looks like
#| it's already been configured.
msgid
The device.${IPPP0} and ipppd.${IPPP0} files already exist. Therefore, the
ipppd configuration phase won't touch anything there, as it looks like it
has already been configured.
msgstr
Os ficheirod device.${IPPP0} e ippd.${IPPP0} xa existen. Polo tanto, a fase
de configuración de ipppd non ha tocar nada diso, xa que semella que xa está
configurado.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| If it doesn't work yet, and you want to try the automatic configuration,
#| stop all ISDN processes (use \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), remove the
#| files mentioned above, and rerun the configuration with \dpkg-
#| reconfigure ipppd\. After that, restart the ISDN processes: \/etc/init.
#| d/isdnutils start\.
msgid
If it doesn't work yet, and you want to try the automatic configuration,
stop all ISDN processes (use \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), remove the
files mentioned above, and rerun the configuration with \dpkg-reconfigure
ipppd\. After that, restart the ISDN processes with \/etc/init.d/isdnutils
start\.
msgstr
Se aínda non funciona e quere probar a configuración automática, deteña
tódolos procesos de RDSI (empregue \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), elimine
os ficheiros que se mencionan enriba e volva executar a configuración
mediante \dpkg-reconfigure ipppd\. Despois de facelo, volva iniciar os
procesos de RDSI: \/etc/init.d/isdnutils start\.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which interface should be configured?
msgid Interface to configure:
msgstr ¿Que interface se debe configurar?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
msgid The default setting should be safe for most configurations.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
msgid
However, if you have special requirements or want to choose to configure
another interface, please enter it here.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Enter the word \manual\ or leave the field blank if you want to
#| configure the connection manually.
msgid Leave the field blank if you do not want to configure anything now.
msgstr
Introduza a palabra \manual\ ou deixe o campo en branco se quere
configurar a conexión manualmente.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid wrong interface name
msgid Invalid interface name
msgstr Nome de interface incorrecto
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You can only give names starting with \ippp\ followed by a number
#| between 0 and 63.
msgid
Valid interface names begin with \ippp\ followed by a number between 0 and
63.
msgstr
Só pode dar nomes que comecen por \ippp\ e vaian seguidos por un número
entre 0 e 63.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid What is your ISP's telephone number?
msgid ISP's telephone number:
msgstr ¿Cal é o número de teléfono do seu provedor de Internet?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| What telephone number(s) must be dialed in order to connect to your
#| Internet service provider (ISP)?
msgid
At least one phone number has to be dialed in order to connect to an
Internet service provider (ISP).
msgstr
¿A que
isdnutils 1:3.9.20060704-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package isdnutils (2nd try)
(this is the second such call. The first one included a mistakein original
templates. Thanks to Clytie Siddall who notified me and sorry for the
inconvenience)
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
isdnutils. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, October 27, 2009.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of isdnutils's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the isdnutils package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: isdnutils\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: isdnut...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-13 18:11+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-26 16:37+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ISP dialup config exists already
msgid ISP dialup configuration already exists
msgstr Xa existe a configuración dun provedor de Internet
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The files device.${IPPP0} and ipppd.${IPPP0} already exist. Therefore the
#| ipppd configuration phase won't touch anything there, as it looks like
#| it's already been configured.
msgid
The device.${IPPP0} and ipppd.${IPPP0} files already exist. Therefore, the
ipppd configuration phase won't touch anything there, as it looks like it
has already been configured.
msgstr
Os ficheirod device.${IPPP0} e ippd.${IPPP0} xa existen. Polo tanto, a fase
de configuración de ipppd non ha tocar nada diso, xa que semella que xa está
configurado.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| If it doesn't work yet, and you want to try the automatic configuration,
#| stop all ISDN processes (use \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), remove the
#| files mentioned above, and rerun the configuration with \dpkg-
#| reconfigure ipppd\. After that, restart the ISDN processes: \/etc/init.
#| d/isdnutils start\.
msgid
If it doesn't work yet, and you want to try the automatic configuration,
stop all ISDN processes (use \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), remove the
files mentioned above, and rerun the configuration with \dpkg-reconfigure
ipppd\. After that, restart the ISDN processes with \/etc/init.d/isdnutils
start\.
msgstr
Se aínda non funciona e quere probar a configuración automática, deteña
tódolos procesos de RDSI (empregue \/etc/init.d/isdnutils stop\), elimine
os ficheiros que se mencionan enriba e volva executar a configuración
mediante \dpkg-reconfigure ipppd\. Despois de facelo, volva iniciar os
procesos de RDSI: \/etc/init.d/isdnutils start\.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which interface should be configured?
msgid Interface to configure:
msgstr ¿Que interface se debe configurar?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
msgid The default setting should be safe for most configurations.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
msgid
However, if you have special requirements or want to choose to configure
another interface, please enter it here.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Enter the word \manual\ or leave the field blank if you want to
#| configure the connection manually.
msgid Leave the field blank if you do not want to configure anything now.
msgstr
Introduza a palabra \manual\ ou deixe o campo en branco se quere
configurar a conexión manualmente.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid wrong interface name
msgid Invalid interface name
msgstr Nome de interface incorrecto
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You can only give names starting with \ippp\ followed by a number
#| between 0 and 63.
msgid
Valid interface names begin with \ippp\ followed by a number between 0 and
63.
msgstr
Só pode dar nomes que comecen por \ippp\ e vaian seguidos por un número
entre 0 e 63.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid What is your ISP's telephone number?
msgid ISP's telephone number:
msgstr ¿Cal é o número de teléfono do seu provedor de Internet?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ipppd.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| What telephone number(s) must be dialed in order to connect to your
#| Internet service provider (ISP)?
msgid
At least one phone number has to be dialed in order to connect to an
Internet service provider (ISP).
msgstr
¿A que número(s) de teléfono hai que chamar para se conectar ao seu
xsp 2.4.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on xsp pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 13, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of xsp's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the xsp package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: xsp\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-16 15:39+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-13 00:56+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001 msgid Let mono-apache-server restart Apache? msgstr ¿Permitir que mono-apache-server reinicie Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001 msgid The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. conf file. msgstr A versión de Debian de mono-apache-server inclúe un script mono-server- update que crea un ficheiro de configuración para que Apache inicie as aplicacións ASP.NET, e mono-server-update pode reiniciar Apache se hai un novo ficheiro de configuración (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). Se acepta isto, hase reiniciar Apache cando haxa un novo ficheiro mono-server- hosts.conf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Let mono-apache-server restart Apache? msgid Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache? msgstr ¿Permitir que mono-apache-server reinicie Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is #| true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. #| conf file. msgid The debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. conf file. msgstr A versión de Debian de mono-apache-server inclúe un script mono-server- update que crea un ficheiro de configuración para que Apache inicie as aplicacións ASP.NET, e mono-server-update pode reiniciar Apache se hai un novo ficheiro de configuración (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). Se acepta isto, hase reiniciar Apache cando haxa un novo ficheiro mono-server- hosts.conf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:1001 msgid Start on boot? msgstr ¿Inicialo co ordenador? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 msgid If this is true, then XSP will automatically start when the computer is turned on. msgstr Se acepta isto, XSP hase iniciar automaticamente ao arrincar o ordenador. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:2001 msgid Bind to address: msgstr Ligar ao enderezo: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 msgid To function properly, XSP needs to be bound to an IP address. The default (\0.0.0.0\) binds to all addresses of the server, but a specific port can be selected. To use XSP only locally, use \127.0.0.1\ for the address. msgstr Para que funcione correctamente, hai que ligar XSP a un enderezo IP. O velor por defecto (\0.0.0.0\) sirve para o ligar a tódolos enderezos do servidor, pero pódese seleccionar un porto determinado. Para empregar XSP só localmente, empregue \127.0.0.1\ coma enderezo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:3001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:3001 msgid Bind to port: msgstr Ligar ao porto: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:3001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:3001 msgid XSP is bound to a specific port on the server. Common values are 80, 8080, or 8081. msgstr XSP vai ligado a un porto determinado do servidor. Os valores habituais son 80, 8080 ou 8081. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-xsp2.templates:1001
jspwiki 2.8.0-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package jspwiki
Hi,
A l10n NMU will happen on jspwiki pretty soon.
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, September 19, 2009.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of jspwiki's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the jspwiki package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: jspwiki\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jspw...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-13 19:02+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 11:08+\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:2001 ../jspwiki.templates:3001
msgid Default application name:
msgstr Nome por defecto da aplicación:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:2001
msgid
Please enter the name of the wiki. This name appears in HTML titles and log
files, and is usually the same as the top level URL (for instance 'http://;
www.example.org/JSPWiki').
msgstr
Introduza o nome do wiki. Este nome aparece nos títulos HTML e nos ficheiros
de rexistro, e adoita ser o mesmo que o URL de nivel superior (por exemplo,
\http://www.exemplo.org/JSPWiki\;).
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:3001
msgid
Please enter the HTTP prefix of the wiki. This rewrites all JSPWiki internal
link references, so it needs to be correct. It also needs to contain the
trailing slash.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid Page storage mechanism to be used by JSPWiki:
msgstr Mecanismo de armacenamento de páxinas a empregar por JSPWiki:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid Please choose the mechanism that should be used for storing pages:
msgstr Escolla o mecanismo que se debe empregar para armacenar as páxinas:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:4001
msgid
FileSystemProvider: simply storing pages as files;\n
RCSFileProvider:using an external Revision Control System;\n
VersioningFileProvider: versioning storage implemented in Java.
msgstr
FileSystemProvider: armacenar as páxinas coma ficheiros;\n
RCSFileProvider:empregar un sistema de control de versións
externo;\n
VersioningFileProvider: armacenamento con versións implementado en Java.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:5001
msgid Should JSPWiki use a page cache?
msgstr ¿Debe JSPWiki empregar unha caché de páxinas?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:5001
msgid Page caching usually improves performance but increases memory usage.
msgstr
A caché de páxinas adoita mellorar o rendemento pero aumenta a ocupación de
memoria.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid JSPWiki base URL:
msgstr URL base de JSPWiki:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid Base URLs are used to rewrite all of JSPWiki's internal references.
msgstr
Os URL base empréganse para rescribir tódalas referencias internas de
JSPWiki.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:6001
msgid A trailing slash ('/') character is mandatory.
msgstr É obrigatorio incluír unha barra inclinada (\/\) ao final.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:7001
msgid Page encoding:
msgstr Codificación da páxina:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:7001
msgid
Please choose which character encoding should be used by JSPWiki. UTF-8 is
strongly recommended.
msgstr
Indique a codificación de caracteres que debe empregar JSPWiki. Recoméndase
UTF-8.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:8001
msgid Break at capitals in page names?
msgstr ¿Separar nas maiúsculas nos nomes das páxinas?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:8001
msgid
Please choose whether page titles should be rendered using an extra space
after each capital letter. This causes 'RSSPage' to be shown as 'R S S Page'.
msgstr
Indique se quere que os títulos das páxinas se amosen cun espazo extra
despois de cada letra maiúscula. Isto fai que \RSSPage\ se amose coma \R
S S Page\.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:9001
msgid Match plural form to singular form in page names?
msgstr ¿Facer coincidir os nomes das páxinas en singular e en plural?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../jspwiki.templates:9001
msgid
Choosing this option will cause JSPWiki to match 'PageLinks' to 'PageLink'
if 'PageLinks' is not found.
msgstr
Se escolle esta opción ha facer que JSPWiki busque \PageLink\ ademáis de
\PageLinks\ se non atopa \PageLinks\.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#:
lilo 1:22.8-8.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package lilo
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on lilo pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, September 13, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of lilo's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the lilo package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: lilo\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: l...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-27 11:51+0900\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-24 14:00+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid LILO configuration msgstr Configuración de LILO #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid It seems to be your first LILO installation. It is absolutely necessary to run liloconfig(8) when you complete this process and execute /sbin/lilo after this. msgstr Semella que esta é a súa primeira instalación de LILO. É absolutamente necesario executar liloconfig(8) despois de completar este proceso e executar /sbin/lilo despois diso. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid LILO won't work if you don't do this. msgstr LILO non ha funcionar se non o fai. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid Deprecated parameters in LILO configuration msgstr Parámetros obsoletos na configuración de LILO #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid Deprecated files have been found on your system. You must update the 'install=' parameter in your LILO configuration file (/etc/lilo.conf) in order to properly upgrade the package. msgstr Atopáronse ficheiros obsoletos no seu sistema. Ten que actualizar o parámetro \install=\ do ficheiro de configuración de LILO (/etc/lilo.conf) para actualizar correctamente o paquete. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid The new 'install=' options are: msgstr As novas opcións \install=\ son: #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid new: install=bmp\n old: install=/boot/boot-bmp.b msgstr nova: install=bmp\n vella: install=/boo/boot-bmp.b #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid new: install=text\n old: install=/boot/boot-text.b msgstr nova: install=text\n vella: install=/boot/boot-text.b #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid new: install=menu\n old: install=/boot/boot-menu.b or boot.b msgstr nova: install=menu\n vella: install=/boot/boot-menu.b ou boot.b #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid Do you want to add the large-memory option? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid By default, LILO loads the initrd file into the first 15MB of memory to avoid a BIOS limitation with older systems (earlier than 2001). msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid However, with newer kernels the combination of kernel and initrd may not fit into the first 15MB of memory and so the system will not boot properly. It seems that the boot issues appear when the kernel+initrd combination is larger than 8MB. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid If this machine has a recent BIOS without the 15MB limitation, you can add the 'large-memory' option to /etc/lilo.conf to instruct LILO to use more memory for passing the initrd to the kernel. You will need to re-run the 'lilo' command to make this option take effect. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid If this machine has an older BIOS, you may need to reduce the size of the initrd *before* rebooting. Please see the README.Debian file for tips on how to do that. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:4001 msgid Do you want to run /sbin/lilo now? msgstr ¿Quere executar /sbin/lilo agora? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:4001 msgid It was detected that it's necessary to run /sbin/lilo in order to update the new LILO configuration. msgstr Detectouse que é necesario executar /sbin/lilo para actualizar a nova configuración de LILO. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:4001 msgid WARNING: This procedure will write data in your MBR and may overwrite some things in that place. If you skip this step, you must run /sbin/lilo before reboot your computer or your system may not boot again. msgstr AVISO: Este procedemento ha gravar datos no MBR e pode sobrescribir algunhas cousas dese sitio. Se omite este paso debe executar /sbin/lilo antes de reiniciar o ordenador ou o sistema non ha poder arrincar máis. #. Type: note #.
rocksndiamonds 3.2.6.1+dfsg1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package rocksndiamonds
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for rocksndiamonds. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, September 11, 2009. Thanks, # translation of rocksndiamonds_3.2.4+dfsg-3_gl.po to galician # Copyright (C) This file is part of debian # This file is distributed under the same license as the rocksndiamonds package. # # Marce Villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. # mvillarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: rocksndiamonds_3.2.4+dfsg-3_gl\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: rocksndiamo...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-28 21:54+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-21 22:02+0100\n Last-Translator: Marce Villarino mvillar...@users.sourceforge.net\n Language-Team: galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Download non-free game data? msgstr Desexa obter datos non libres para o xogo? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid The data files required by rocksndiamonds do not have licenses that would allow them to be distributed as a package. However, they can be automatically downloaded from the Internet and installed locally. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Games to download data for: msgstr Partidas das que obter os datos: #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Missing utilities for download or unpacking msgstr Faltan útiles para obter ou para desempaquetar #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Downloading and unpacking the game data requires the packages wget, p7zip, and unzip, but not all of these are available. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Some of them are not available on this system. You should install them #| and then reconfigure this package by using 'dpkg-reconfigure #| rocksndiamonds'. msgid You should install them and then reconfigure this package by using \dpkg- reconfigure rocksndiamonds\. msgstr Algún deles non está dispoñíbel neste sistema. Debe instalalos e despois reconfigurar este paquete coa orde «dpkg-reconfigure rocksndiamonds». #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Cannot download required resources msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid An error occurred while downloading game data. You should check the network connection and settings and retry later on. msgstr #~ msgid #~ These games require data files that are not available under a free #~ software license and so are not distributable with Debian. This script #~ may automatically download these data files from the net and install them #~ on your system. #~ msgstr #~ Esas partidas requiren ficheiros de datos que non están dispoñíbel baixo #~ unha licenxa de software libre e polo tanto non se poden distribuir con #~ Debian. Este script pode obter automaticamente eses ficheiros de datos da #~ rede e instalalos no sistema. #~ msgid #~ The wget, 7-zip, unzip, tar are needed to either download or unpack the #~ game data. #~ msgstr #~ Precísase de wget, 7-zip, unzip e tar para obter e desempaquetar os datos #~ do xogo.
tvtime 1.0.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tvtime
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for tvtime. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, August 10, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of tvtime's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the tvtime package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: tvtime\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: tvt...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-27 23:54+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-20 19:56+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid TV standard: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Please choose the TV standard to use. NTSC is used in North America, much of South America, and Japan; SECAM in France, the former USSR, and parts of Africa and the Middle East; and PAL elsewhere. msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 msgid Cable msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast msgid Broadcast msgstr Cable, Antena #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast, Cable including channels 100+ msgid Cable including channels 100+ msgstr Cable, Antena, Cable incluíndo as canles 100+ #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 ../templates:4002 ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid Select the default frequency table msgid Default frequency table: msgstr Escolla a táboa de frecuencias por defecto #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The frequency table specifies which frequencies correspond to the #| familiar channel numbers. Select broadcast if you use an antenna for #| over-the-air signals. msgid Please choose the frequency table to use. It specifies which frequencies correspond to the familiar channel numbers. You should select \Broadcast\ if you use an antenna for over-the-air signals. msgstr A táboa de frecuencias especifica que frecuencia corresponde a cada número de canle. Escolla \antena\ se recibe o sinal de televisión mediante unha antena. #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The frequency table specifies which frequencies correspond to the #| familiar channel numbers. Select broadcast if you use an antenna for #| over-the-air signals. msgid Please choose the frequency table to use. It specifies which frequencies correspond to the familiar channel numbers. msgstr A táboa de frecuencias especifica que frecuencia corresponde a cada número de canle. Escolla \antena\ se recibe o sinal de televisión mediante unha antena. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid You should select \Broadcast\ if you use an antenna for over-the-air signals. msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Europe msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid France msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Russia msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Australia msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid New Zealand msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Cable, Broadcast msgid China Broadcast msgstr Cable, Antena #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Australia Optus msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid Custom (must run tvtime-scanner first) msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Users of the Optus cable company in Australia should select Australia #| Optus. If you are a user of a cable company that does not use standard #| frequencies, such as Casema, UPC or Mixtics, please select Custom and run #| the tvtime-scanner application before using tvtime. msgid If you are a user of a cable company that does not use standard frequencies, you should select \Custom\ and run the tvtime-scanner application before using tvtime. msgstr Os clientes da empresa de cable Optus en Australia deberían escoller Australia Optus. Se é cliente dunha empresa de cable que non empregue frecuencias estándar, coma Casema, UPC ou Mixtics, escolla Personalizado e execute a aplicación tvtime-scanner antes de empregar tvtime. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Specify your default television
libpam-ldap 184-4.3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package libpam-ldap
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
libpam-ldap. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, June 22, 2009.
Thanks,
# Galician translation of libpam-ldap's debconf templates
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libpam-ldap package.
# Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: libpam-ldap\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: libpam-l...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-08 06:36+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 09:43+0100\n
Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid LDAP administrative account:
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Please enter the name of the LDAP administrative account.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid
This account will be used automatically for database management, so it must
have the appropriate administrative privileges.
msgstr
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid LDAP root account password:
msgid LDAP administrative password:
msgstr Contrasinal da conta de administrador de LDAP:
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Please enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP
#| database.
msgid Please enter the password of the administrative account.
msgstr
Introduza o contrasinal que se ha empregar para se conectar á base de datos
LDAP.
#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Translators: do not translate ${filename}
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The password will be stored in a separate file ${filename} which will be
#| made readable to root only.
msgid
The password will be stored in the file ${filename}. This will be made
readable to root only, and will allow ${package} to carry out automatic
database management logins.
msgstr
O contrasinal hase armacenar nun ficheiro ${filename} separado que só o
administrador ha poder ler.
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid
If this field is left empty, the previously stored password will be re-used.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Does the LDAP database require login?
msgstr ¿A base de datos LDAP precisa de identificación?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid
Please choose whether the LDAP server enforces a login before retrieving
entries.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Such a setup is not usually needed.
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Distinguished name of the search base:
msgstr Nome distinguido da base de busca:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites
#| use the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example,
#| the domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the
#| distinguished name of the search base.
msgid
Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use
the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the
domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished
name of the search base.
msgstr
Introduza o nome distinguido da base de busca LDAP. Moitos sitios empregan
os compoñentes dos seus nomes de dominio para esta finalidade. Por exemplo,
o dominio \exemplo.net\ había empregar \dc=exemplo,dc=net\ coma nome
distinguido da base de busca.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid clear
msgstr clear
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid crypt
msgstr crypt
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid nds
msgstr nds
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ad
msgstr ad
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid exop
msgstr exop
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid md5
msgstr md5
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Local crypt to use when changing passwords.
msgid Local encryption algorithm to use for passwords:
msgstr Cifrado a empregar ao cambiar os contrasinais.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid
The PAM module can encrypt the password locally when changing it, which is
recommended:\n
* clear: no encryption. This should be chosen when LDAP servers\n
automatically encrypt the userPassword entry;\n
* crypt: make userPassword use the same format as the flat\n
local password database. If in doubt, you should
nis 3.17-20: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nis
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nis. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, June 14, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of nis's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the nis package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nis\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-31 09:41+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-28 16:52+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter your NIS domain msgid NIS domain: msgstr Introduza o seu dominio NIS #. Type: string #. Description #. Translators, it is recommended to keep domainname which is a #. technical term in NIS. If you insist on translating, you can do #. things such as: #. 'nom de domaine (domainname)' (for a French translation) #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You now need to choose a NIS domainname for your system. If you want this #| machine to just be a client, enter the NIS domainname of your network. #| Otherwise choose an appropriate NIS domainname. msgid Please choose the NIS \domainname\ for this system. If you want this machine to just be a client, you should enter the name of the NIS domain you wish to join. msgstr Agora ten que escoller un nome de dominio NIS para o seu sistema. Se quere que esta máquina sexa un cliente, introduza o nome de dominio NIS da súa rede. Se non, escolla un nome de dominio NIS axeitado. #. Type: string #. Description #. Translators, it is recommended to keep domainname which is a #. technical term in NIS. If you insist on translating, you can do #. things such as: #. 'nom de domaine (domainname)' (for a French translation) #: ../templates:2001 msgid Alternatively, if this machine is to be a NIS server, you can either enter a new NIS \domainname\ or the name of an existing NIS domain. msgstr #~ msgid Your system needs more configuration #~ msgstr O seu sistema precisa de máis configuración #~ msgid #~ Your system has not yet been completely configured as a NIS client - you #~ need to setup /etc/nsswitch.conf and/or /etc/passwd and /etc/group. #~ Please read /usr/share/doc/nis/nis.debian.howto.gz to find out how. #~ msgstr #~ O seu sistema aínda non está completamente configurado coma cliente NIS - #~ ha ter que configurar /etc/nsswitch.conf e/ou /etc/passwd e /etc/group. #~ Consulte /usr/share/doc/nis/nis.debian.howto.gz para averiguar como.
glide 2002.04.10-19: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glide
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for glide. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 05, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of glide's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the glide package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: glide\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gl...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 07:55+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 10:31+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001 msgid Manually select driver for 3Dfx card? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, #| Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3. msgid No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide2 was found. This package supports cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3. msgstr Este paquete é para as tarxetas baseadas nos seguintes chipsets 3Dfx: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you do not have a card based on one of the listed chipsets, and you #| are not compiling programs against glide, you should not have this #| package installed. msgid If the graphics card in this computer does not use one of these chipsets, and you are not compiling programs against glide, this package will not be useful. msgstr Se non ten unha tarxeta baseada nun deses chipsets e non está a compilar programas contra glide, non debería ter este paquete instalado. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you do have a card based on one of the listed chipsets please file a #| bug on this package, including the output from the command 'lspci -vm' in #| the bug report. msgid If the graphics card is based on one of these chipsets, you should file a bug report against this package, including the output from the \lspci -vm\ command. msgstr Se ten unha tarxeta baseada nun deses chipsets, informe dun erro neste paquete, e inclúa no informe a saída da orde \lspci -vm\. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to manually select the driver to use for now. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:3001 ../libglide3.templates:3001 msgid Driver for 3D acceleration: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration. msgid Please select the driver you would like to use for 3D acceleration:\n * cvg: Voodoo 2;\n * h3 : Voodoo Banshee and Voodoo 3. msgstr Escolla a tarxeta que quere empregar para a aceleración 3D. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration. msgid Card to use for 3D acceleration: msgstr Escolla a tarxeta que quere empregar para a aceleración 3D. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, #| Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3. msgid Multiple 3Dfx-based cards were detected based on one of the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3. msgstr Este paquete é para as tarxetas baseadas nos seguintes chipsets 3Dfx: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001 msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration. msgstr Escolla a tarxeta que quere empregar para a aceleración 3D. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libglide3.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This package is for cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo #| Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo 4, and Voodoo 5. msgid No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide3 was found. This package supports cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo 4, and Voodoo 5. msgstr Este paquete é para as tarxetas baseadas nos seguintes chipsets 3Dfx: Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo 4 e Voodoo 5. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libglide3.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please select the card you would like to
canna 3.7p3-6.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package canna
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for canna. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, May 03, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of canna's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the canna package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: canna\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-19 20:07+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 09:24+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Should the Canna server run automatically?? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This package contains the Canna server and server-related utilities. If #| you are only interested in these utilities, you can disable the Canna #| server here. msgid This package contains the Canna server and server-related utilities. If you are only interested in these utilities, you can disable the Canna server now. msgstr Este paquete contén o servidor Canna e utilidades relacionadas co servidor. Se só está interesado nesas utilidades, pode desactivar aquí o servidor Canna. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Should the Canna server run in network mode? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid By default the Canna server will run without support for network connections, and will only accept connections on UNIX domain sockets, from clients running on the same host. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid If you choose this option, network support will be activated, and the Canna server will accept connections on TCP sockets from clients that may be on remote hosts. Some clients (such as egg and yc-el) require this mode even if they run on the local host. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Manage /etc/hosts.canna with debconf ? msgid Manage /etc/hosts.canna automatically? msgstr ¿Xestionar /etc/hosts.canna con debconf? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid /etc/hosts.canna controls which hosts can connect to this server. msgid The /etc/hosts.canna file lists hosts allowed to connect to the Canna server. msgstr O ficheiro /etc/hosts.canna controla as máquinas que se poden conectar a este servidor. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid You should not accept this option if you prefer managing the file's contents manually. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please enter the name of each host allowed to connect to this server msgid Hosts allowed to connect to this Canna server: msgstr Introduza o nome de cada máquina á que se permite conectar a este servidor #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Please enter the names of the hosts allowed to connect to this Canna server, separated by spaces. msgstr Introduza os nomes das máquinas ás que se permite conectar a este servidor Canna, separados por espazos. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| `unix' is a special notation for allowing access via UNIX domain sockets. msgid You can use \unix\ to allow access via UNIX domain sockets. msgstr \unix\ é unha notación especial para permitir o acceso mediante sockets de dominio UNIX. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libcanna1g.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Canna input style msgid Canna input style: msgstr Estilo de entrada de Canna #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libcanna1g.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| verbose - Canna3.5 default style with verbose comments\n #| 1.1 - old Canna style (ver. 1.1)\n #| 1.2 - old Canna style (ver. 1.2)\n #| jdaemon - jdaemon style\n #| just- Justsystem ATOK like style\n #| lan5- LAN5 like style\n #| matsu - MATSU word processor like style\n #| skk - SKK like style\n #| tut - for TUT-Code\n #| unix- UNIX style\n #| vje - vje like style\n #| wx2+- WX2+ style msgid Please choose the default Canna input style:\n verbose: Canna3.5 default style with verbose comments;\n 1.1: old Canna style (ver. 1.1);\n 1.2: old Canna style (ver. 1.2);\n jdaemon: jdaemon style;\n just : JustSystems ATOK style;\n lan5 : LAN5 style;\n matsu : Matsu word processor style;\n skk: SKK style;\n tut: TUT-Code style;\n unix : UNIX style;\n vje: vje style;\n wx2+ : WX2+ style. msgstr
canna 3.7p3-6.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package canna
(2nd call: the version sent in the former one had a tricial error) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for canna. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, May 03, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of canna's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the canna package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: canna\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-19 20:24+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 09:24+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Should the Canna server run automatically? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This package contains the Canna server and server-related utilities. If #| you are only interested in these utilities, you can disable the Canna #| server here. msgid This package contains the Canna server and server-related utilities. If you are only interested in these utilities, you can disable the Canna server now. msgstr Este paquete contén o servidor Canna e utilidades relacionadas co servidor. Se só está interesado nesas utilidades, pode desactivar aquí o servidor Canna. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Should the Canna server run in network mode? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid By default the Canna server will run without support for network connections, and will only accept connections on UNIX domain sockets, from clients running on the same host. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid If you choose this option, network support will be activated, and the Canna server will accept connections on TCP sockets from clients that may be on remote hosts. Some clients (such as egg and yc-el) require this mode even if they run on the local host. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Manage /etc/hosts.canna with debconf ? msgid Manage /etc/hosts.canna automatically? msgstr ¿Xestionar /etc/hosts.canna con debconf? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid /etc/hosts.canna controls which hosts can connect to this server. msgid The /etc/hosts.canna file lists hosts allowed to connect to the Canna server. msgstr O ficheiro /etc/hosts.canna controla as máquinas que se poden conectar a este servidor. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid You should not accept this option if you prefer managing the file's contents manually. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please enter the name of each host allowed to connect to this server msgid Hosts allowed to connect to this Canna server: msgstr Introduza o nome de cada máquina á que se permite conectar a este servidor #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Please enter the names of the hosts allowed to connect to this Canna server, separated by spaces. msgstr Introduza os nomes das máquinas ás que se permite conectar a este servidor Canna, separados por espazos. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| `unix' is a special notation for allowing access via UNIX domain sockets. msgid You can use \unix\ to allow access via UNIX domain sockets. msgstr \unix\ é unha notación especial para permitir o acceso mediante sockets de dominio UNIX. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libcanna1g.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Canna input style msgid Canna input style: msgstr Estilo de entrada de Canna #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libcanna1g.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| verbose - Canna3.5 default style with verbose comments\n #| 1.1 - old Canna style (ver. 1.1)\n #| 1.2 - old Canna style (ver. 1.2)\n #| jdaemon - jdaemon style\n #| just- Justsystem ATOK like style\n #| lan5- LAN5 like style\n #| matsu - MATSU word processor like style\n #| skk - SKK like style\n #| tut - for TUT-Code\n #| unix- UNIX style\n #| vje - vje like style\n #| wx2+- WX2+ style msgid Please choose the default Canna input style:\n verbose: Canna3.5 default style with verbose comments;\n 1.1: old Canna style (ver. 1.1);\n 1.2: old Canna style (ver. 1.2);\n jdaemon: jdaemon style;\n just : JustSystems ATOK style;\n lan5 : LAN5 style;\n matsu : Matsu word processor style;\n skk: SKK style;\n tut: TUT-Code style;\n unix :
clamav 0.95.1+dfsg-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package clamav
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for clamav. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, May 03, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of clamav's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the clamav package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: clamav\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: cla...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-16 22:41+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-13 11:43+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001 msgid daemon msgstr servizo #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001 msgid manual msgstr manual #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002 msgid Virus database update method: msgstr Método de actualización da base de datos de virus: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002 msgid Please choose the method for virus database updates. msgstr Escolla o método para a actualización da base de datos de virus. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002 msgid daemon: freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should choose\n this option if you have a permanent network connection;\n ifup.d: freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n connection is up. Choose this one if you use a dialup Internet\n connection and don't want freshclam to initiate new connections;\n cron:freshclam is started from cron. Choose this if you want full control\n of when the database is updated;\n manual: no automatic invocation of freshclam. This is not recommended,\n as ClamAV's database is constantly updated. msgstr servizo: freshclam execútase coma un servizo todo o tempo. Debería escoller\n esta opción se ten unha conexión permanente á rede.\n ifup.d: freshclam hase executar coma servizo mentres a súa conexión a\n Internet estea levantada. Escolla isto se emprega unha conexión por\n módem a Internet e non quere que freshclam inicie novas conexións.\n cron: freshclam iníciase desde cron. Escolla isto se quere ter control\n absoluto sobre cando se actualiza a base de datos.\n manual: non se chama automaticamente a freshclam. Non se recomenda, xa que\n a base de datos de ClamAV actualízase continuamente. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001 msgid Local database mirror site: msgstr Réplica local da base de datos: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001 msgid Please select the closest local mirror site. msgstr Escolla a réplica local máis cercana. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001 msgid Freshclam updates its database from a world wide network of mirror sites. Please select the closest mirror. If you leave the default setting, an attempt will be made to guess a nearby mirror. msgstr Freshclam actualiza a súa base de datos mediante unha rede mundial de réplicas. Escolla a réplica máis cercana. Se deixa o valor por defecto, hase tentar empregar unha réplica cercana. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001 msgid HTTP proxy information (leave blank for none): msgstr Información do proxy HTTP (en branco para non usar): #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001 msgid If you need to use an HTTP proxy to access the outside world, enter the proxy information here. Otherwise, leave this blank. msgstr Se ten que usar un proxy HTTP para acceder ao exterior, introduza a información do proxy aquí. Se non, déixeo en branco. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001 msgid Please use URL syntax (\http://host[:port]\;) here. msgstr Empregue aquí unha sintaxe de URL (\http://servidor[:porto]\;). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001 msgid Proxy user information (leave blank for none): msgstr Información do usuario do proxy (en branco para non usar): #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001 msgid If you need to supply a username and password to the proxy, enter it here. Otherwise, leave this blank. msgstr Se ten que forneces un nome de usuario e contrasinal ao proxy, introdúzaos aquí. Se non, déixeos en branco. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001 msgid When entering user information, use the standard form
cyrus-imapd-2.2 2.2.13-15: Please update debconf PO translation for the package cyrus-imapd-2.2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for cyrus-imapd-2.2. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, April 28, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of cyrus21-imapd's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the cyrus21-imapd package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: cyrus21-imapd\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: cyrus-imapd-...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-14 17:58+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-02 06:39+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: error #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:2001 msgid Modified database backends msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:2001 msgid Comparison between /usr/lib/cyrus/cyrus-db-types.txt and /usr/lib/cyrus/ cyrus-db-types.active shows that database backends for Cyrus IMAPd have been changed. msgstr A comparación entre /usr/lib/cyrus/cyrus-db-types.txt e /usr/lib/cyrus/cyrus- db-types.active amosa que os motores de bases de datos de Cyrus IMAPd cambiaron. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:2001 msgid This means that those databases for which the database backends changed might need to be converted manually to the new format, using the cvt_cyrusdb (8) utility. msgstr Isto quere dicir que é posible que as bases de datos para as que os motores cambiaron se teñan que converter manualmente ao novo formato, empregando a utilidade cvt_cyrusdb(8). #. Type: error #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:2001 msgid Please refer to /usr/share/doc/cyrus-common-2.2/README.Debian.database for more information. Do not start cyrmaster until you have converted the databases to the new format. msgstr Consulte /usr/share/doc/cyrus-common-2.2/README.Debian.database para máis información. Non inicie cyrmaster ata que teña convertido as bases de datos ao novo formato. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:3001 msgid Remove the mail and news spools? msgstr ¿Eliminar os directorios de correo e novas? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The Cyrus mail and news spools, as well as the user's sieve scripts can #| be removed when the package is purged. msgid The Cyrus mail and news spools, as well as users' sieve scripts, can be removed when the package is purged. msgstr Pódense eliminar os directorios de correo e novas de Cyrus, así coma os scripts de sieve dos usuarios, ao purgar o paquete. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cyrus-common-2.2.templates:3001 msgid This question only applies to the default spools and sieve script directories in /var. If you modified their location in imapd.conf, the new locations will not be removed; just the old ones in /var. msgstr Esta pregunta só se aplica aos directorios de traballo e de scripts de sieve por defecto de /var. Se modificou a súa ubicación en imapd.conf, non se han eliminar as novas ubicacións; só as antigas de /var. #~ msgid Database backends have changed! #~ msgstr Os motores de bases de datos cambiaron
request-tracker3.8 3.8.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package request-tracker3.8
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for request-tracker3.8. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, April 21, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of request-tracker3.8's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the request-tracker3.8 package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: request-tracker3.8\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: request-tracker...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-07 08:49+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-31 20:40+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Name for this RT instance: msgid Name for this Request Tracker (RT) instance: msgstr Nome para esta instancia de RT: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Every installation of Request Tracker must have a unique name. The domain #| name or an abbreviation of the name of your organization are usually good #| candidates. msgid Every installation of Request Tracker must have a unique name. The domain name or an abbreviation of the organization name are usually good candidates. msgstr Toda instalación de Request Tracker debe ter un nome único. Boas opcións son o nome de dominio ou unha abreviatura do nome da organización. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Please note that once you start using a name, you should probably never change it. Otherwise, mail for existing tickets won't get put in the right place. msgstr Teña en conta que, despois de comezar a empregar un nome, non o debería cambiar. Se o fai, o correo destinado aos tickets xa existentes non irá ao lugar correcto. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid This setting corresponds to the $rtname configuration variable. msgstr Esta opción correspóndese coa variable de configuración $rtname. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Identifier for this RT instance: msgstr Identificador para esta instancia de RT: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid In addition to its name, every installation of Request Tracker must also have a unique identifier. It is used when linking between RT installations. msgstr Ademáis do seu nome, toda instalación de Request Tracker debe ter tamén un identificador único. Este identificador emprégase ao establecer ligazóns entre instalacións de RT. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Using this machine's fully qualified hostname (including the DNS domain name) is recommended. msgstr Recoméndase empregar o nome de dominio completo do servidor. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid This setting corresponds to the $Organization configuration variable. msgstr Esta opción correspóndese coa variable de configuración $Organization. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Default email address for RT correspondence: msgstr Enderezo de email por defecto para a correspondencia de RT: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This address will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of emails #| tracked by RT, unless overridden by a queue-specific address. msgid Please choose the address that will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of emails tracked by RT, unless overridden by a queue-specific address. msgstr Este enderezo ha figurar nas cabeceiras From: e Reply-To: dos emails enviados por RT, a menos que haxa un enderezo específico da cola. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid This setting corresponds to the $CorrespondAddress configuration variable. msgstr Esta opción correspóndese coa variable de configuración $CorrespondAddress. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Default email address for RT comments: msgstr Enderezo de email por defecto para os comentarios de RT: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This address will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of comment #| emails, unless overridden by a queue-specific address. (Comments can be #| used for adding ticket information that is not visible to the client.) msgid Please choose the address that will be listed in From: and Reply-To: headers of comment emails, unless overridden by a queue-specific address. Comments can be used for adding ticket information that is not visible to the client. msgstr Este enderezo ha figurar nas cabeceiras From: e Reply-To: dos emails de comentarios, a
nethack 3.4.3-10.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nethack
(2nd call as the first one vanished somewhere) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nethack. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, April 15, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of nethack's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the nethack package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nethack\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: neth...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-17 07:46+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-24 13:28+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nethack-common.templates:2001 msgid Use setgid bit with NetHack's recover utility? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nethack-common.templates:2001 msgid The \recover\ program in the package nethack-common is traditionally installed with the \setgid\ bit set, so that all users can use it to recover their own save files after a crash (with \games\ group privileges). This is a potential source of security problems. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nethack-common.templates:2001 msgid This package includes a script that runs during system boot, invoking recover on any broken save files it finds. This makes it less likely that users will need to run it themselves, so the default is to install recover without the special permission bits required for that. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nethack-common.templates:2001 msgid If you choose this option, unprivileged users will be able to run \recover \. msgstr #~ msgid abort, backup, purge, ignore #~ msgstr abortar, copiar, eliminar, ignorar #~ msgid Should NetHack back up your old, incompatible save files? #~ msgstr ¿Debe NetHack gardar as partidas gravadas vellas e incompatibles? #~ msgid #~ You are upgrading from a version of NetHack whose save files are not #~ compatible with the version you are upgrading to. You may either have #~ them backed up into /tmp, purge them, ignore this problem completely, or #~ abort this installation and manually handle NetHack's save files. Your #~ score files will be lost if you choose to purge. #~ msgstr #~ Está a se actualizar dunha versión de NetHack cunhas partidas gravadas #~ que non son compatibles coa versión á que se está a actualizar. Pode #~ copialas a /tmp/, eliminalas, ignorar este problema completamente ou #~ abortar a instalación e xestionar as partidas gravadas de NetHack á man. #~ Hanse perder os ficheiros de puntuacións se escolle eliminar. #~ msgid #~ If you choose to back up, the files will be backed up into a gzip- #~ compressed tar archive in /tmp with a random name starting with 'nethk' #~ and ending in '.tar.gz'. #~ msgstr #~ Se escolle copiar, os ficheiros hanse gravar nun arquivo tar comprimido #~ con gzip en /tmp cun nome aleatorio que ha comezar por \nethk\ e ha #~ rematar en \.tar.gz\. #~ msgid #~ Old NetHack save files can be found in /var/games/nethack (or /var/lib/ #~ games/nethack, for versions before 3.4.0). #~ msgstr #~ As antigas partidas gravadas de NetHack están en /var/games/nethack (ou / #~ var/lib/games/nethack, para versións anteriores á 3.4.0). #~ msgid Would you like NetHack's recover utility to be setgid games? #~ msgstr #~ ¿Quere que a utilidade de recuperación de NetHack asuma o grupo \games\? #~ msgid #~ The 'recover' program is installed as part of the nethack-common package #~ and exists to help the administrator recover broken save files, etc. #~ msgstr #~ O programa \recover\ instálase coma parte do paquete nethack-common e #~ existe para axudar ao administrador a recuperar partidas gravadas #~ estragadas, etc. #~ msgid #~ Recover is traditionally installed setgid games, although it does not #~ need to be in the Debian NetHack installation, as it is automatically run #~ at boot time as root. Its only usefulness as a setgid binary is to let #~ players as normal users on the system recover their save files, should #~ NetHack crash or their connection drop mid-game. #~ msgstr #~ \Recover\ adoita instalarse co bit \setgid\ posto e o grupo \games #~ \, aínda que isto non é necesario na instalación de NetHack de Debian, #~ xa que adoita executarse coma administrador ao iniciar o sistema. A súa #~ única utilidade coma binario con \setgid\ consiste en permitir aos #~ usuarios normais do sistema recuperar as súas partidas gravadas se #~ NetHack falla ou a súa conexión cae a metade do xogo. #~ msgid #~ If you answer no, you will have to run recover as root or as
nut 2.4.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nut
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nut. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, April 09, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of nut's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nut\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-26 07:43+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-28 14:24+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: error #. Description #: ../nut.templates:2001 msgid Configuration changes required msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../nut.templates:2001 msgid Because of numerous changes by upstream authors to NUT's behavior and configuration file handling, /etc/nut/nut.conf must be modified before NUT can be restarted. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../nut.templates:2001 msgid Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure. msgstr #~ msgid Please manually modify your configuration files #~ msgstr Modifique manualmente os seus ficheiros de configuración. #~ msgid This is a serious advisory. Please take note. #~ msgstr Este é un aviso importante. Tome nota. #~ msgid #~ There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the #~ behaviour of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/ #~ nut are different, some drivers have been renamed, ... #~ msgstr #~ Os autores deste software fixeron cambios significativos ao comportamento #~ del. En particular, os ficheiros de configuración de /etc/nut son #~ diferentes, cambiouse o nome dalgúns controladores, etc. #, fuzzy #~| msgid #~| If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT #~| restart unless you manually change your configuration files and edit / #~| etc/default/nut. You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/ #~| UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure. #~ msgid #~ If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT #~ restart unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/ #~ nut/nut.conf. You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/ #~ UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure. #~ msgstr #~ Se continúa a instalación deste paquete, nut NON se ha reiniciar ata que #~ cambie manualmente os ficheiros de configuración e edite /etc/default/ #~ nut. Consulte /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz para ver o procedemento de #~ actualización. #~ msgid Remove user \nut\ from dialout group #~ msgstr Eliminar o usuario \nut\ do grupo \dialout\ #~ msgid #~ The system user, \nut\, will be removed from the dialout group. A new #~ system group, \nut\, will be created. Users must manually change the #~ permissions on the serial port devices, /dev/ttyS*, to permit access by #~ the nut group. #~ msgstr #~ Hase eliminar o usuario do sistema \nut\ do grupo \dialout\. Hase #~ crear un novo grupo \nut\. Os usuarios deben cambiar manualmente os #~ permisos dos dispositivos dos portos serie, /dev/ttyS*, para permitir o #~ acceso ao grupo \nut\.
console-setup 1.30: Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-setup
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for console-setup. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, April 03, 2009. Thanks, # Galician translation of console-setup's debconf templates # This file is distributed under the same license as the console-setup package. # Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org, 2007, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: console-setup\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-19 18:29+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-11 20:45+0100\n Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio jtar...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Galician proxecto@trasno.net\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: text #. Description #. Main menu item. Please keep below 55 columns #: ../console-setup.templates:2001 msgid Configure the keyboard msgstr Configurar o teclado #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Arabic msgstr . Árabe #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Armenian msgstr # Armenio #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U msgstr # Cirílico - KIO8-R e KOI8-U #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages msgstr # Cirílico - idiomas non eslavos #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin) msgstr # Cirílico - idiomas eslavos (tamén bosnio e serbio) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Ethiopic msgstr . Etíope #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Georgian msgstr # Xeorxiano #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Greek msgstr # Grego #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Hebrew msgstr # Hebreo #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Lao msgstr # Lao #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages msgstr # Latin1 e Latin5 - Europa occidental e idiomas turcos #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian msgstr # Latin2 - Europa central e rumano #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh msgstr # Latin3 e Latin8 - chichewa, esperanto, irlandés, maltés e galés #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese msgstr # Latin7 - lituano, letón, maorí e marshalés #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Latin - Vietnamese msgstr . Latino - Vietnamita #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Thai msgstr # Thai #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic msgstr . Combinado - latino, cirílico eslavo, hebreo, árabe básico #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Greek msgstr . Combinado - latino, cirílico eslavo, grego #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic and non-Slavic Cyrillic msgstr . Combinado - latino, eslavo e cirílico non eslavo #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:3002 msgid Character set to support: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid Set of characters that should be supported by the console font: msgid Please choose the character set that should be supported by the console font. msgstr Conxunto de caracteres que debería estar soportado polo tipo de letra da consola: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:3002 msgid If you don't use a framebuffer, the choices that start with \.\ will reduce the number of available colors on the console. msgstr Se non usa o framebuffer, as opcións que comezan con \.\ han reducir o número de cores dispoñibles na consola. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:4001 msgid Keyboard model: msgstr Modelo do teclado: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:5001 msgid Origin of the keyboard: msgstr Orixe do teclado: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:6001 msgid Keyboard layout: msgstr Disposición do teclado: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../console-setup.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| There is more than one keyboard
